2012-11-09 Yao Qi <yao@codesourcery.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
94
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
98 void *),
99 void *);
100
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
102
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
104
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result *,
109 enum bptype, char *,
110 char **);
111
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 struct linespec_sals *,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype,
116 enum bpdisp, int, int,
117 int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
120
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
123
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
125
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
127
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
129
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
131
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
133
134 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
135 enum bptype,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
137 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
138 const struct symtab_and_line *);
139
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
141 static. */
142 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
143 struct symtab_and_line,
144 enum bptype,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
146
147 static struct breakpoint *
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
149 enum bptype type,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
151
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
153
154 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
155 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
156 enum bptype bptype);
157
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
159 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
160 struct obj_section *, int);
161
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
163 CORE_ADDR addr1,
164 struct address_space *aspace2,
165 CORE_ADDR addr2);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
227
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
229 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
230
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
234
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
236 CORE_ADDR pc);
237
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
241
242 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
243
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
245
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
247
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
249
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
251
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
253
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
255
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
257
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
259
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
261
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
263
264 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
265
266 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
267
268 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
269
270 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
271 otherwise. */
272
273 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
274
275 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
276 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
277 char *cond_string,
278 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
279
280 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
281 from. */
282 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
283
284 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
285 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
286 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
288
289 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
291
292 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
294
295 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
296 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
297
298 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
299 breakpoints. */
300 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
301
302 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
304
305 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
307
308 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
309 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
310 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
311 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
312 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
313 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
314
315 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
316 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
317 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
318 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
319 dprintf_style_gdb,
320 dprintf_style_call,
321 dprintf_style_agent,
322 NULL
323 };
324 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
325
326 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
327 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
328 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
329 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
330
331 static char *dprintf_function = "";
332
333 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
334 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
335 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
336 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
337 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
338 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
339 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
340
341 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
342
343 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
344 has disconnected. */
345 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
346
347 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
348 breakpoints share a single command list. */
349 struct counted_command_line
350 {
351 /* The reference count. */
352 int refc;
353
354 /* The command list. */
355 struct command_line *commands;
356 };
357
358 struct command_line *
359 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
360 {
361 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
362 }
363
364 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
365 current breakpoint. */
366
367 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
368
369 const char *
370 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
371 {
372 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
373 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
374 a breakpoint. */
375 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
376
377 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
378 }
379
380 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
381 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
382 if such is available. */
383 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
384
385 static void
386 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
387 struct cmd_list_element *c,
388 const char *value)
389 {
390 fprintf_filtered (file,
391 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
392 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
393 value);
394 }
395
396 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
398 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
400 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
401 static void
402 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
403 struct cmd_list_element *c,
404 const char *value)
405 {
406 fprintf_filtered (file,
407 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
408 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
409 value);
410 }
411
412 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
413 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
414 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
415 use hardware breakpoints. */
416 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
417 static void
418 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
419 struct cmd_list_element *c,
420 const char *value)
421 {
422 fprintf_filtered (file,
423 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 value);
425 }
426
427 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
428 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
429 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
430 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
431 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
432
433 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
434
435 static void
436 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
437 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
438 {
439 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
440 fprintf_filtered (file,
441 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
442 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
443 value,
444 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
445 else
446 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
447 value);
448 }
449
450 int
451 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
452 {
453 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
454 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
455 }
456
457 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
458
459 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
460 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
461 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
462 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
463 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
464 condition_evaluation_auto,
465 condition_evaluation_host,
466 condition_evaluation_target,
467 NULL
468 };
469
470 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
471 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
472
473 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
474 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
475 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
476
477 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
478 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
479 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
480 evaluation mode. */
481
482 static const char *
483 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
484 {
485 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
486 {
487 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
488 return condition_evaluation_target;
489 else
490 return condition_evaluation_host;
491 }
492 else
493 return mode;
494 }
495
496 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
497
498 static const char *
499 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
500 {
501 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
502 }
503
504 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
505 otherwise. */
506
507 static int
508 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
509 {
510 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
511
512 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
513 }
514
515 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
516
517 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
518 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
519
520 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
521 static int overlay_events_enabled;
522
523 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
524 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
525
526 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
528 current breakpoint. */
529
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
531
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
533 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
534 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
535 B = TMP)
536
537 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
538 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
539 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
540
541 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
542 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
543 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
544 BP_TMP++)
545
546 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
547 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
548 to where the loop should start from.
549 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
550 appropriate location to start with. */
551
552 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
553 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
554 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
555 BP_LOCP_START \
556 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
557 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
558 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
559
560 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
561
562 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
563 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
564 if (is_tracepoint (B))
565
566 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
567
568 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
569
570 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
571
572 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
573
574 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
575
576 static unsigned bp_location_count;
577
578 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
579 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
580 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
581 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
582 an address you need to read. */
583
584 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
585
586 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
587 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
588 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
589 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
590 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
591
592 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
593
594 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
595 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
596 by a target. */
597 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
598
599 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
600
601 static int breakpoint_count;
602
603 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
604 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
605 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
606 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
607 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
608
609 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
610
611 static int tracepoint_count;
612
613 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
614 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
615 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
616
617 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
618 static int
619 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
620 {
621 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
622 }
623
624 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
625
626 static void
627 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
628 {
629 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
630 breakpoint_count = num;
631 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
632 }
633
634 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
635 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
636 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
637
638 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
639 breakpoint made. */
640
641 void
642 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
643 {
644 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
645 }
646
647 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
648 breakpoint made. */
649
650 void
651 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
652 {
653 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
654 }
655
656 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
657
658 void
659 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
660 {
661 struct breakpoint *b;
662
663 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
664 b->hit_count = 0;
665 }
666
667 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
668 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
669
670 static struct counted_command_line *
671 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
672 {
673 struct counted_command_line *result
674 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
675
676 result->refc = 1;
677 result->commands = commands;
678 return result;
679 }
680
681 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
682
683 static void
684 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
685 {
686 if (cmd)
687 ++cmd->refc;
688 }
689
690 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
691 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
692 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
693
694 static void
695 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
696 {
697 if (*cmdp)
698 {
699 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
700 {
701 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
702 xfree (*cmdp);
703 }
704 *cmdp = NULL;
705 }
706 }
707
708 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
709
710 static void
711 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
712 {
713 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
714 }
715
716 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
717 argument. */
718
719 static struct cleanup *
720 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
721 {
722 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
723 }
724
725 \f
726 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
727 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
728
729 struct breakpoint *
730 get_breakpoint (int num)
731 {
732 struct breakpoint *b;
733
734 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
735 if (b->number == num)
736 return b;
737
738 return NULL;
739 }
740
741 \f
742
743 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
744 evaluating conditions on its side. */
745
746 static void
747 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
748 {
749 struct bp_location *loc;
750
751 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
752 evaluating conditions and if the user has
753 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
754 side. */
755 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
756 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 return;
758
759 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
760 return;
761
762 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
763 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
764 }
765
766 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
767 evaluating conditions on its side. */
768
769 static void
770 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
771 {
772 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
773 evaluating conditions and if the user has
774 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
775 side. */
776 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
777 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
778
779 return;
780
781 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
782 return;
783
784 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
785 }
786
787 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
788 condition_evaluation_mode. */
789
790 static void
791 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
792 struct cmd_list_element *c)
793 {
794 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
795
796 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
797 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
798 {
799 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
800 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
801 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
802 return;
803 }
804
805 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
806 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
807
808 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
809 settings was "auto". */
810 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
811
812 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
813 if (new_mode != old_mode)
814 {
815 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
816 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
817 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
818
819 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
820 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
821 */
822
823 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
824 {
825 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
826 target. */
827 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
828 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
829 }
830 else
831 {
832 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
833 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
834 target knows about. */
835 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
836 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
837 loc->needs_update = 1;
838 }
839
840 /* Do the update. */
841 update_global_location_list (1);
842 }
843
844 return;
845 }
846
847 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
848 what "auto" is translating to. */
849
850 static void
851 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
852 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
853 {
854 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
855 fprintf_filtered (file,
856 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
857 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
858 value,
859 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
860 else
861 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
862 value);
863 }
864
865 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
866 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
867 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
868
869 static int
870 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
871 {
872 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
873 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
874
875 if (a->address == b->address)
876 return 0;
877 else
878 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
879 }
880
881 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
882 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
883 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
884 return NULL. */
885
886 static struct bp_location **
887 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
888 {
889 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
890 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
891 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
892
893 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
894 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
895 dummy_loc.address = address;
896
897 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
898 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
899 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
900 bp_location_compare_addrs);
901
902 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
903 if (locp_found == NULL)
904 return NULL;
905
906 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
907 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
908 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
909 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
910 locp_found--;
911
912 return locp_found;
913 }
914
915 void
916 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
917 int from_tty)
918 {
919 xfree (b->cond_string);
920 b->cond_string = NULL;
921
922 if (is_watchpoint (b))
923 {
924 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
925
926 xfree (w->cond_exp);
927 w->cond_exp = NULL;
928 }
929 else
930 {
931 struct bp_location *loc;
932
933 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
934 {
935 xfree (loc->cond);
936 loc->cond = NULL;
937
938 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
939 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
940 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
941 }
942 }
943
944 if (*exp == 0)
945 {
946 if (from_tty)
947 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
948 }
949 else
950 {
951 char *arg = exp;
952
953 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
954 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
955 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
956 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
957
958 if (is_watchpoint (b))
959 {
960 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
961
962 innermost_block = NULL;
963 arg = exp;
964 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
965 if (*arg)
966 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
967 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
968 }
969 else
970 {
971 struct bp_location *loc;
972
973 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
974 {
975 arg = exp;
976 loc->cond =
977 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
978 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
979 if (*arg)
980 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
981 }
982 }
983 }
984 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
985
986 breakpoints_changed ();
987 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
988 }
989
990 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
991
992 static VEC (char_ptr) *
993 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
994 {
995 char *space;
996
997 text = skip_spaces (text);
998 space = skip_to_space (text);
999 if (*space == '\0')
1000 {
1001 int len;
1002 struct breakpoint *b;
1003 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1004
1005 if (text[0] == '$')
1006 {
1007 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1008 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1009 return NULL;
1010 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1011 }
1012
1013 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1014 len = strlen (text);
1015
1016 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1017 {
1018 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1019 struct bp_location *loc;
1020 int count = 1;
1021
1022 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1023 {
1024 char location[50];
1025
1026 if (single)
1027 sprintf (location, "%d", b->number);
1028 else
1029 sprintf (location, "%d.%d", b->number, count);
1030
1031 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1032 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1033
1034 ++count;
1035 }
1036 }
1037
1038 return result;
1039 }
1040
1041 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1042 text = skip_spaces (space);
1043 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1044 }
1045
1046 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1047
1048 static void
1049 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1050 {
1051 struct breakpoint *b;
1052 char *p;
1053 int bnum;
1054
1055 if (arg == 0)
1056 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1057
1058 p = arg;
1059 bnum = get_number (&p);
1060 if (bnum == 0)
1061 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1062
1063 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1064 if (b->number == bnum)
1065 {
1066 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1067 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1068 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1069 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1070 if (b->py_bp_object
1071 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1072 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1073 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1074 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1075
1076 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1077 update_global_location_list (1);
1078
1079 return;
1080 }
1081
1082 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1083 }
1084
1085 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1086 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1087 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1088
1089 static void
1090 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1091 {
1092 struct command_line *c;
1093
1094 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1095 {
1096 int i;
1097
1098 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1099 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1100 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1101
1102 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1103 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1104
1105 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1106 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1107 command directly. */
1108 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1109 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1110
1111 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1112 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1113 }
1114 }
1115
1116 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1117
1118 static int
1119 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1120 {
1121 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1122 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1123 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1124 }
1125
1126 int
1127 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1128 {
1129 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1130 }
1131
1132 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1133 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1134 found. */
1135
1136 static void
1137 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1138 struct command_line *commands)
1139 {
1140 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1141 {
1142 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1143 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1144 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1145 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1146 struct command_line *c;
1147 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1148 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1149 {
1150 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1151 {
1152 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1153 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1154 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1155 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1158
1159 if (while_stepping)
1160 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1161 "can be used only once"));
1162 else
1163 while_stepping = c;
1164 }
1165 }
1166 if (while_stepping)
1167 {
1168 struct command_line *c2;
1169
1170 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1171 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1172 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1173 {
1174 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1175 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1176 }
1177 }
1178 }
1179 else
1180 {
1181 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1182 }
1183 }
1184
1185 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1186 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1187
1188 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1189 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1190 {
1191 struct breakpoint *b;
1192 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1193 struct bp_location *loc;
1194
1195 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1196 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1197 {
1198 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1199 if (loc->address == addr)
1200 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1201 }
1202
1203 return found;
1204 }
1205
1206 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1207 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1208
1209 void
1210 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1211 struct command_line *commands)
1212 {
1213 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1214
1215 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1216 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1217 breakpoints_changed ();
1218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1219 }
1220
1221 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1222 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1223 commands. */
1224
1225 void
1226 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1227 {
1228 int old_silent = b->silent;
1229
1230 b->silent = silent;
1231 if (old_silent != silent)
1232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1233 }
1234
1235 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1236 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1237
1238 void
1239 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1240 {
1241 int old_thread = b->thread;
1242
1243 b->thread = thread;
1244 if (old_thread != thread)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1246 }
1247
1248 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any task. */
1250
1251 void
1252 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1253 {
1254 int old_task = b->task;
1255
1256 b->task = task;
1257 if (old_task != task)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1259 }
1260
1261 void
1262 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1263 {
1264 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1265
1266 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1267 }
1268
1269 /* A structure used to pass information through
1270 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1271
1272 struct commands_info
1273 {
1274 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1275 int from_tty;
1276
1277 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1278 char *arg;
1279
1280 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1281 already-parsed command. */
1282 struct command_line *control;
1283
1284 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1285 yet been read. */
1286 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1287 };
1288
1289 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1290 commands_command. */
1291
1292 static void
1293 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1294 {
1295 struct commands_info *info = data;
1296
1297 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1298 {
1299 struct command_line *l;
1300
1301 if (info->control != NULL)
1302 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1303 else
1304 {
1305 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1306 char *str;
1307
1308 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1309 "%s, one per line."),
1310 info->arg);
1311
1312 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1313
1314 l = read_command_lines (str,
1315 info->from_tty, 1,
1316 (is_tracepoint (b)
1317 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1318 b);
1319
1320 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1321 }
1322
1323 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1324 }
1325
1326 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1327 do anything. */
1328 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1329 {
1330 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1331 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1332 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1333 b->commands = info->cmd;
1334 breakpoints_changed ();
1335 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1336 }
1337 }
1338
1339 static void
1340 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1341 struct command_line *control)
1342 {
1343 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1344 struct commands_info info;
1345
1346 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1347 info.control = control;
1348 info.cmd = NULL;
1349 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1350 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1351 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1352
1353 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1354 {
1355 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1356 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1357 breakpoint_count);
1358 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1359 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1360 else
1361 {
1362 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1363 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1364 numbers will fail in this case. */
1365 arg = NULL;
1366 }
1367 }
1368 else
1369 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1370 our argument. */
1371 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1372
1373 if (arg != NULL)
1374 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1375
1376 info.arg = arg;
1377
1378 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1379
1380 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1381 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1382
1383 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1384 }
1385
1386 static void
1387 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1388 {
1389 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1390 }
1391
1392 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1393 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1394
1395 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1396 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1397 enum command_control_type
1398 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1399 {
1400 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1401 return simple_control;
1402 }
1403
1404 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405
1406 static int
1407 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1408 {
1409 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1410 return 0;
1411 if (!bl->inserted)
1412 return 0;
1413 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1414 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1415 return 0;
1416 return 1;
1417 }
1418
1419 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1420 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1421
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1424 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1425
1426 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1427 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1428 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1429 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1430 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1431 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1432 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1433 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1434 and:
1435 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436
1437 void
1438 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1439 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1440 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1441 {
1442 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1443 search. */
1444 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1445
1446 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1447 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1448 report higher one. */
1449
1450 bc_l = 0;
1451 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1452 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1453 {
1454 struct bp_location *bl;
1455
1456 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1457 bl = bp_location[bc];
1458
1459 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1460 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1461 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1462 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1463
1464 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1465 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1466 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1467
1468 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1469 >= bl->address)
1470 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1471 <= memaddr))
1472 bc_l = bc;
1473 else
1474 bc_r = bc;
1475 }
1476
1477 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1478 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1479 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1480 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1481 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 B:
1483
1484 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1485
1486 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1487 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1488 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 and L2. */
1490 while (bc_l > 0
1491 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1492 bc_l--;
1493
1494 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1495
1496 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1497 {
1498 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1499 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1500 int bp_size = 0;
1501 int bptoffset = 0;
1502
1503 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1504 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1505 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 bl->owner->number);
1507
1508 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 content. */
1510
1511 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1512 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1513 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1514 break;
1515
1516 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1517 continue;
1518 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1519 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1520 continue;
1521
1522 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1523 we need to copy. */
1524 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1525 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1526
1527 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1529 are reading. */
1530 continue;
1531
1532 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1533 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1534 reading. */
1535 continue;
1536
1537 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1538 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1539 {
1540 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1541 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1542 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1543 bp_addr = memaddr;
1544 }
1545
1546 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1547 {
1548 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1550 }
1551
1552 if (readbuf != NULL)
1553 {
1554 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1555 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1556 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1557 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1558 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1559
1560 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1561 shadow. */
1562 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1563 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1564 }
1565 else
1566 {
1567 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1568 const unsigned char *bp;
1569 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1570 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1571
1572 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1573 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1574 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1575
1576 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1577 address. */
1578 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1579
1580 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1581 breakpoint's INSN. */
1582 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1583 }
1584 }
1585 }
1586 \f
1587
1588 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1589 breakpoint. */
1590
1591 int
1592 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1593 {
1594 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1595 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1596 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600
1601 static int
1602 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1603 {
1604 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1605 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1606 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1607 }
1608
1609 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1610 software. */
1611
1612 int
1613 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1614 {
1615 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1616 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1617 }
1618
1619 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1620 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1621 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1622 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1623 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1624 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1625 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1626 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627
1628 static int
1629 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1630 {
1631 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1632 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1633 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1634 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1635 }
1636
1637 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1638 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639
1640 static void
1641 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1642 {
1643 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1644
1645 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1646 {
1647 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1648 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1649 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1650 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1651 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1652 }
1653 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1654 }
1655
1656 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1657 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1658 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1659 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1660 in b->loc->cond.
1661 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1662
1663 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1664 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 it.
1666
1667 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1668 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1669 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1670 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1671 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1672 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1673 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1674 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1675
1676 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1677 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1678 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1679 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1680 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1681 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1682 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1683 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 not changed.
1685
1686 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1687 hardware watchpoints:
1688
1689 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1690 called several times when GDB stops.
1691
1692 [linux]
1693 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1694 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1695 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1696 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1697 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1698 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1699 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1700 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1701 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1702 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1703 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1704
1705 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1706 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707
1708 static void
1709 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1710 {
1711 int within_current_scope;
1712 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1713 int frame_saved;
1714
1715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1719 return;
1720
1721 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1722 return;
1723
1724 frame_saved = 0;
1725
1726 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1727 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1728 within_current_scope = 1;
1729 else
1730 {
1731 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1732 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1733 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1734
1735 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1736 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1737 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1739 return;
1740
1741 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1742 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1743 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1744 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 selected frame. */
1746 frame_saved = 1;
1747 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1748
1749 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1750 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1751 if (within_current_scope)
1752 select_frame (fi);
1753 }
1754
1755 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1756 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1757 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 b->base.loc = NULL;
1759
1760 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1761 {
1762 char *s;
1763
1764 if (b->exp)
1765 {
1766 xfree (b->exp);
1767 b->exp = NULL;
1768 }
1769 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1770 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1771 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1772 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1773 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1774 be completely different objects. */
1775 value_free (b->val);
1776 b->val = NULL;
1777 b->val_valid = 0;
1778
1779 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1780 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1781 locations (re)created below. */
1782 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1783 {
1784 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1785 {
1786 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1787 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1788 }
1789
1790 s = b->base.cond_string;
1791 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1792 }
1793 }
1794
1795 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1796 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1797 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1798 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1799 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1800 if ( !target_has_execution)
1801 {
1802 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1803 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1804 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1805 }
1806 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1807 {
1808 int pc = 0;
1809 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1810 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1811
1812 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1813
1814 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1815 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1816 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1817 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1818 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1819 watchpoints. */
1820 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1821 {
1822 b->val = v;
1823 b->val_valid = 1;
1824 }
1825
1826 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1827
1828 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1829 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1830 {
1831 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1832 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1833 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1834 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1835 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1836 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1837 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1838 {
1839 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1840
1841 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1842 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1843 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1844 if (v == result
1845 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1846 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1847 {
1848 CORE_ADDR addr;
1849 int type;
1850 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1851
1852 addr = value_address (v);
1853 type = hw_write;
1854 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1855 type = hw_read;
1856 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1857 type = hw_access;
1858
1859 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1860 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1861 ;
1862 *tmp = loc;
1863 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1864
1865 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1866 loc->address = addr;
1867 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1868 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1869 }
1870 }
1871 }
1872
1873 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1874 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1875 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1876 is started. */
1877 if (reparse)
1878 {
1879 int reg_cnt;
1880 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1881 struct bp_location *bl;
1882
1883 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1884
1885 if (reg_cnt)
1886 {
1887 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1888 enum bptype type;
1889
1890 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1891 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1892 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1893
1894 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1895 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1896 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1897 this watchpoint in as well. */
1898
1899 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1900 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1901 hardware watchpoint type. */
1902 type = b->base.type;
1903 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1904 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1905
1906 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1907 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1908 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1909 through watch_command), so always account for it
1910 manually. */
1911
1912 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1913 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1914
1915 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1916 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1917
1918 target_resources_ok
1919 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1920 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1921 {
1922 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1923
1924 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1925 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1926 "hardware watchpoint."));
1927 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1928 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1929 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1930
1931 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1932 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1933 }
1934 else
1935 {
1936 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1937 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1938 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1939 nop. */
1940 b->base.type = type;
1941 }
1942 }
1943 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1944 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1945 "read/access watchpoint."));
1946 else
1947 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1948
1949 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1950 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1951 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1952 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1953 }
1954
1955 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1956 {
1957 next = value_next (v);
1958 if (v != b->val)
1959 value_free (v);
1960 }
1961
1962 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1963 above left it without any location set up. But,
1964 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1965 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1966 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1967 {
1968 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1969 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1970 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1971 base->loc->address = -1;
1972 base->loc->length = -1;
1973 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1974 }
1975 }
1976 else if (!within_current_scope)
1977 {
1978 printf_filtered (_("\
1979 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1980 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1981 b->base.number);
1982 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1983 }
1984
1985 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1986 if (frame_saved)
1987 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1988 }
1989
1990
1991 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1992 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1993 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1994 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1995 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1996 static int
1997 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1998 {
1999 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2000 return 0;
2001
2002 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2003 return 0;
2004
2005 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2006 return 0;
2007
2008 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2009 return 0;
2010
2011 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2012 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2013 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2014 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2015 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2016 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2017 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2018 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2019 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2020 return 0;
2021
2022 return 1;
2023 }
2024
2025 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2026 that the location is not duplicated. */
2027
2028 static int
2029 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2030 {
2031 int result;
2032 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2033
2034 bl->duplicate = 0;
2035 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2036 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2037 return result;
2038 }
2039
2040 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2041 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2042 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2043 any error during parsing. */
2044
2045 static struct agent_expr *
2046 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2047 {
2048 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2049 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2050 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2051
2052 if (!cond)
2053 return NULL;
2054
2055 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2056 that may show up. */
2057 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2058 {
2059 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2060 }
2061
2062 if (ex.reason < 0)
2063 {
2064 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2065 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2066 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2067 return NULL;
2068 }
2069
2070 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2071 return aexpr;
2072 }
2073
2074 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2075 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2076 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2077 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2078 one of them is true. */
2079
2080 static void
2081 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2082 {
2083 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2084 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2085 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2086 struct bp_location *loc;
2087
2088 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2089 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2090 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2091 side. */
2092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2094 return;
2095
2096 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2097 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2098 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2099 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2100 response back to GDB. */
2101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2102 {
2103 loc = (*loc2p);
2104 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2105 {
2106 if (modified)
2107 {
2108 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2109
2110 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2111 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2112 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2113 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2114 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2115 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2116
2117 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2118 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2119 to the target. */
2120 if (aexpr)
2121 continue;
2122 }
2123
2124 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2125 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2126 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2127 {
2128 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2129 break;
2130 }
2131 }
2132 }
2133
2134 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2135 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2136 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2137
2138 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2139 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2140 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2141 {
2142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2143 {
2144 loc = (*loc2p);
2145 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2146 {
2147 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2148 located. */
2149 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2150 return;
2151
2152 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2153 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2154 }
2155 }
2156 }
2157
2158 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2159 for this location's address. */
2160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2161 {
2162 loc = (*loc2p);
2163 if (loc->cond
2164 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2165 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2166 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2167 && loc->enabled)
2168 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2169 conditions to the target. */
2170 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2171 loc->cond_bytecode);
2172 }
2173
2174 return;
2175 }
2176
2177 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2178 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2179 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2180
2181 static struct agent_expr *
2182 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2183 {
2184 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2185 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2186 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2187 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2188 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2189 char *cmdrest;
2190 char *format_start, *format_end;
2191 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2192 int nargs;
2193 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2194
2195 if (!cmd)
2196 return NULL;
2197
2198 cmdrest = cmd;
2199
2200 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2201 ++cmdrest;
2202 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2203
2204 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2205 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2206
2207 format_start = cmdrest;
2208
2209 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2210
2211 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2212
2213 format_end = cmdrest;
2214
2215 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2216 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2217
2218 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2219
2220 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2221 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2222
2223 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2224 cmdrest++;
2225 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2226
2227 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2228
2229 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2230 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2231
2232 nargs = 0;
2233 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2234 {
2235 char *cmd1;
2236
2237 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2238 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2239 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2240 cmdrest = cmd1;
2241 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2242 ++cmdrest;
2243 }
2244
2245 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2246 that may show up. */
2247 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2248 {
2249 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2250 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2251 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2252 }
2253
2254 if (ex.reason < 0)
2255 {
2256 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2257 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2258 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2259 return NULL;
2260 }
2261
2262 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2263
2264 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2265 return aexpr;
2266 }
2267
2268 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2269 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2270 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2271
2272 static void
2273 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2274 {
2275 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2276 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2277 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2278 struct bp_location *loc;
2279
2280 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2281 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2282 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2283 return;
2284
2285 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2286 return;
2287
2288 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2289 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2290 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2291 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2292 response back to GDB. */
2293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2294 {
2295 loc = (*loc2p);
2296 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2297 {
2298 if (modified)
2299 {
2300 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2301
2302 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2303 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2304 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2305 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2306 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2307 loc->owner->extra_string);
2308 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2309
2310 if (!aexpr)
2311 continue;
2312 }
2313
2314 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2315 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2316 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2317 {
2318 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2319 break;
2320 }
2321 }
2322 }
2323
2324 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2325 and so clean up. */
2326 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2327 {
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2329 {
2330 loc = (*loc2p);
2331 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2332 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2333 {
2334 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2335 located. */
2336 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2337 return;
2338
2339 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2340 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2341 }
2342 }
2343 }
2344
2345 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2346 for this location's address. */
2347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2348 {
2349 loc = (*loc2p);
2350 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2351 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2352 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2353 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2354 && loc->enabled)
2355 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2356 to send the commands to the target. */
2357 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2358 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2359 }
2360
2361 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2362 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2363 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2364 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2365 }
2366
2367 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2368 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2369 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2370 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2371 -1 for failure.
2372
2373 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2374 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2375 static int
2376 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2377 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2378 int *disabled_breaks,
2379 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2380 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2381 {
2382 int val = 0;
2383 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2384 struct gdb_exception e;
2385
2386 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2387 return 0;
2388
2389 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2390 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2391 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2392 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2393 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2394 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2395 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2396 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2397 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2398 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2399 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2400 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2401
2402 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2403 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2404 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2405 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2406
2407 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2408 {
2409 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2410 build_target_command_list (bl);
2411 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2412 bl->needs_update = 0;
2413 }
2414
2415 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2416 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2417 {
2418 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2419 {
2420 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2421 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2422 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2423
2424 Two important cases are:
2425 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2426 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2427 hardware breakpoint.
2428 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2429 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2430 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2431 so we undo.
2432
2433 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2434 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2435 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2436 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2437 gdb. */
2438 struct mem_region *mr
2439 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2440
2441 if (mr)
2442 {
2443 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2444 {
2445 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2446
2447 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2448 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2449 else
2450 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2451
2452 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2453 {
2454 static int said = 0;
2455
2456 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2457 if (!said)
2458 {
2459 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2460 _("Note: automatically using "
2461 "hardware breakpoints for "
2462 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2463 said = 1;
2464 }
2465 }
2466 }
2467 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2468 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2469 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2470 "at readonly address %s"),
2471 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2472 }
2473 }
2474
2475 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2476 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2477 || bl->section == NULL
2478 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2479 {
2480 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2481 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2482 {
2483 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2484 }
2485 if (e.reason < 0)
2486 {
2487 val = 1;
2488 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2489 }
2490 }
2491 else
2492 {
2493 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2494 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2495 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2496 {
2497 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2498 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2499 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2500 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2501 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2502 bl->owner->number);
2503 else
2504 {
2505 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2506 bl->section);
2507 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2508 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2509 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2510 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2511 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2512 if (val != 0)
2513 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2514 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2515 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2516 bl->owner->number);
2517 }
2518 }
2519 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2520 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2521 {
2522 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2523 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2524 {
2525 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2526 }
2527 if (e.reason < 0)
2528 {
2529 val = 1;
2530 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2531 }
2532 }
2533 else
2534 {
2535 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2536 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2537 return 0;
2538 }
2539 }
2540
2541 if (val)
2542 {
2543 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2544 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2545 {
2546 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2547 val = 0;
2548 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2549 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2550 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2551 {
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2553 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2554 bl->owner->number);
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2556 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2557 "library breakpoints:\n");
2558 }
2559 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2561 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2562 }
2563 else
2564 {
2565 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2566 {
2567 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2568 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2570 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2571 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2572 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2574 }
2575 else
2576 {
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2578 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2579 bl->owner->number);
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2581 "Error accessing memory address ");
2582 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2583 tmp_error_stream);
2584 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2585 safe_strerror (val));
2586 }
2587
2588 }
2589 }
2590 else
2591 bl->inserted = 1;
2592
2593 return val;
2594 }
2595
2596 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2597 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2598 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2599 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2600 {
2601 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2602 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2603
2604 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2605
2606 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2607 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2608 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2609 {
2610 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2611
2612 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2613 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2614 of this one. */
2615 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2616 if (loc != bl
2617 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2618 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2619 {
2620 bl->duplicate = 1;
2621 bl->inserted = 1;
2622 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2623 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2624 val = 0;
2625 break;
2626 }
2627
2628 if (val == 1)
2629 {
2630 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2631 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2632
2633 if (val)
2634 /* Back to the original value. */
2635 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2636 }
2637 }
2638
2639 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2640 }
2641
2642 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2643 {
2644 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2645 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2646
2647 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2648 if (val)
2649 {
2650 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2651
2652 if (val == 1)
2653 warning (_("\
2654 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2655 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2656 else
2657 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2658 }
2659
2660 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2661
2662 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2663 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2664 so just return success. */
2665 return 0;
2666 }
2667
2668 return 0;
2669 }
2670
2671 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2672 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2673 PSPACE anymore. */
2674
2675 void
2676 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2677 {
2678 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2679 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2680
2681 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2683 {
2684 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2685 delete_breakpoint (b);
2686 }
2687
2688 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2689 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2690 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2691 {
2692 struct bp_location *tmp;
2693
2694 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2695 {
2696 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2697 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2698 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2699 else
2700 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2701 if (tmp->next == loc)
2702 {
2703 tmp->next = loc->next;
2704 break;
2705 }
2706 }
2707 }
2708
2709 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2710 removed locations above. */
2711 update_global_location_list (0);
2712 }
2713
2714 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2715 Throws exception on any error.
2716 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2717 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2718 void
2719 insert_breakpoints (void)
2720 {
2721 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2722
2723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2724 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2725 {
2726 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2727
2728 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2729 }
2730
2731 update_global_location_list (1);
2732
2733 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2734 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2735 now. */
2736 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2737 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2738 }
2739
2740 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2741
2742 void
2743 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2744 {
2745 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2746
2747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2748 {
2749 callback (loc, NULL);
2750 }
2751 }
2752
2753 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2754 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2755 always-inserted mode. */
2756
2757 static void
2758 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2759 {
2760 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2761 int error_flag = 0;
2762 int val = 0;
2763 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2764 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2765 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2766
2767 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2768 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2769
2770 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2771 there was an error. */
2772 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2773
2774 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2775
2776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2777 {
2778 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2779 breakpoints. */
2780 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2781 continue;
2782
2783 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2784 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2785 deletion of breakpoints. */
2786 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2787 continue;
2788
2789 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2790
2791 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2792 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2793 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2794 insert breakpoints. */
2795 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2796 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2797 continue;
2798
2799 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2800 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2801 if (val)
2802 error_flag = val;
2803 }
2804
2805 if (error_flag)
2806 {
2807 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2808 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2809 }
2810
2811 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2812 }
2813
2814 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2815
2816 static void
2817 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2818 {
2819 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2820 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2821 int error_flag = 0;
2822 int val = 0;
2823 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2824 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2825 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2826
2827 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2828 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2829
2830 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2831 there was an error. */
2832 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2833
2834 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2835
2836 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2837 {
2838 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2839 continue;
2840
2841 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2842 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2843 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2844 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2845 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2846 continue;
2847
2848 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2849
2850 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2851 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2852 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2853 insert breakpoints. */
2854 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2855 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2856 continue;
2857
2858 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2859 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2860 if (val)
2861 error_flag = val;
2862 }
2863
2864 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2865 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2867 {
2868 int some_failed = 0;
2869 struct bp_location *loc;
2870
2871 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2872 continue;
2873
2874 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2875 continue;
2876
2877 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2878 continue;
2879
2880 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2881 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2882 {
2883 some_failed = 1;
2884 break;
2885 }
2886 if (some_failed)
2887 {
2888 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2889 if (loc->inserted)
2890 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2891
2892 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2893 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2894 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2895 bpt->number);
2896 error_flag = -1;
2897 }
2898 }
2899
2900 if (error_flag)
2901 {
2902 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2903 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2904 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2905 {
2906 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2907 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2908 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2909 }
2910 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2911 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2912 }
2913
2914 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2915 }
2916
2917 /* Used when the program stops.
2918 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2919 removing a breakpoint location. */
2920
2921 int
2922 remove_breakpoints (void)
2923 {
2924 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2925 int val = 0;
2926
2927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2928 {
2929 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2930 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2931 }
2932 return val;
2933 }
2934
2935 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2936
2937 int
2938 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2939 {
2940 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2941 int val;
2942 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2943
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2945 {
2946 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2947 continue;
2948
2949 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2950 continue;
2951
2952 if (bl->inserted)
2953 {
2954 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2955 if (val != 0)
2956 return val;
2957 }
2958 }
2959 return 0;
2960 }
2961
2962 int
2963 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2964 {
2965 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2966 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2967 int val;
2968 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2969 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2970 struct inferior *inf;
2971 struct thread_info *tp;
2972
2973 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2974 if (tp == NULL)
2975 return 1;
2976
2977 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2978 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2979
2980 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2981
2982 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2983 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2984
2985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2986 {
2987 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2988 continue;
2989
2990 if (bl->inserted)
2991 {
2992 bl->inserted = 0;
2993 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2994 if (val != 0)
2995 {
2996 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2997 return val;
2998 }
2999 }
3000 }
3001 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3002 return 0;
3003 }
3004
3005 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3006
3007 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3008 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3009 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3010 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3011 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3012 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3013 static void
3014 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3015 {
3016 if (internal)
3017 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3018 else
3019 {
3020 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3021 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3022 }
3023 }
3024
3025 static struct breakpoint *
3026 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3027 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3028 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3029 {
3030 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3031 struct breakpoint *b;
3032
3033 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3034
3035 sal.pc = address;
3036 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3037 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3038
3039 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3040 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3041 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3042
3043 return b;
3044 }
3045
3046 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3047 {
3048 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3049 };
3050 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3051
3052 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3053 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3054 {
3055 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3057
3058 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3060
3061 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3062 int longjmp_searched;
3063
3064 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3065 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3066
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3069
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3072
3073 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3074 int exception_searched;
3075
3076 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3077 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3078 };
3079
3080 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3081
3082 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3083 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3084
3085 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3086
3087 static int
3088 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3089 {
3090 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3091 }
3092
3093 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3094 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3095
3096 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3097 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3098 {
3099 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3100
3101 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3102 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3103 {
3104 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3105 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3106
3107 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3108 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3109 }
3110 return bp_objfile_data;
3111 }
3112
3113 static void
3114 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3115 {
3116 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3117
3118 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3119 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3120 }
3121
3122 static void
3123 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3124 {
3125 struct objfile *objfile;
3126 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3127
3128 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3129 {
3130 struct breakpoint *b;
3131 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3132 CORE_ADDR addr;
3133
3134 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3135
3136 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3137 continue;
3138
3139 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3140 {
3141 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3142
3143 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3144 if (m == NULL)
3145 {
3146 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3147 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3148 continue;
3149 }
3150 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3151 }
3152
3153 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3154 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3155 bp_overlay_event,
3156 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3157 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3158
3159 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3160 {
3161 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3162 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3163 }
3164 else
3165 {
3166 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3167 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3168 }
3169 }
3170 update_global_location_list (1);
3171 }
3172
3173 static void
3174 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3175 {
3176 struct program_space *pspace;
3177 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3178
3179 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3180
3181 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3182 {
3183 struct objfile *objfile;
3184
3185 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3186
3187 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3188 {
3189 int i;
3190 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3191 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3192
3193 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3194 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3195 continue;
3196
3197 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3198
3199 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3200 {
3201 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3202 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3203 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3204 }
3205
3206 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3207 {
3208 int i;
3209 struct probe *probe;
3210 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3211
3212 for (i = 0;
3213 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3214 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3215 i, probe);
3216 ++i)
3217 {
3218 struct breakpoint *b;
3219
3220 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3221 bp_longjmp_master,
3222 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3223 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3224 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3225 }
3226
3227 continue;
3228 }
3229
3230 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3231 {
3232 struct breakpoint *b;
3233 const char *func_name;
3234 CORE_ADDR addr;
3235
3236 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3237 continue;
3238
3239 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3240 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3241 {
3242 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3243
3244 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3245 if (m == NULL)
3246 {
3247 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3248 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3249 continue;
3250 }
3251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3252 }
3253
3254 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3255 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3256 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3257 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3258 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3259 }
3260 }
3261 }
3262 update_global_location_list (1);
3263
3264 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3265 }
3266
3267 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3268 static void
3269 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3270 {
3271 struct program_space *pspace;
3272 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3273 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3274
3275 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3276
3277 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3278 {
3279 struct objfile *objfile;
3280 CORE_ADDR addr;
3281
3282 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3283
3284 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3285 {
3286 struct breakpoint *b;
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3288
3289 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3290
3291 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3292 continue;
3293
3294 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3295 {
3296 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3297
3298 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3299 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3300 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3301 {
3302 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3303 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3304 continue;
3305 }
3306 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3307 }
3308
3309 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3310 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3311 bp_std_terminate_master,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3313 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3314 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3315 }
3316 }
3317
3318 update_global_location_list (1);
3319
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3321 }
3322
3323 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3324
3325 static void
3326 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3327 {
3328 struct objfile *objfile;
3329 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3330
3331 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3332 {
3333 struct breakpoint *b;
3334 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3336 CORE_ADDR addr;
3337
3338 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3339
3340 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3341 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3342 {
3343 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3344 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3345 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3346 }
3347
3348 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3349 {
3350 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3351 int i;
3352 struct probe *probe;
3353
3354 for (i = 0;
3355 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3356 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3357 i, probe);
3358 ++i)
3359 {
3360 struct breakpoint *b;
3361
3362 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3363 bp_exception_master,
3364 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3365 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3366 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3367 }
3368
3369 continue;
3370 }
3371
3372 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3373
3374 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3375 continue;
3376
3377 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3378
3379 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3380 {
3381 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3382
3383 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3384 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3385 {
3386 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3387 continue;
3388 }
3389
3390 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3391 }
3392
3393 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3394 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3395 &current_target);
3396 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3397 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3398 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3399 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3400 }
3401
3402 update_global_location_list (1);
3403 }
3404
3405 void
3406 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3407 {
3408 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3409 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3410
3411 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3412 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3413 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3414 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3415 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3416 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3417 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3418 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3419 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3420 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3421 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3422
3423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3424 {
3425 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3426 continue;
3427
3428 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3429 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3430 {
3431 delete_breakpoint (b);
3432 continue;
3433 }
3434
3435 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3436 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3437 {
3438 delete_breakpoint (b);
3439 continue;
3440 }
3441
3442 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3443 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3444 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3445 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3446 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3447 {
3448 delete_breakpoint (b);
3449 continue;
3450 }
3451
3452 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3453 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3454 {
3455 delete_breakpoint (b);
3456 continue;
3457 }
3458
3459 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3460 after an exec. */
3461 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3462 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3463 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3464 {
3465 delete_breakpoint (b);
3466 continue;
3467 }
3468
3469 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3470 {
3471 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3472 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3473 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3474 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3475 continue;
3476 }
3477
3478 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3479 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3480 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3481 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3482 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3483 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3484
3485 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3486 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3487 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3488 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3489 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3490 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3491 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3492
3493 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3494 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3495 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3496 let finish_command delete it.
3497
3498 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3499 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3500 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3501 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3502 solib breakpoints.) */
3503
3504 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3505 {
3506 continue;
3507 }
3508
3509 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3510 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3511 a.out. */
3512 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3513 {
3514 delete_breakpoint (b);
3515 continue;
3516 }
3517 }
3518 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3519 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3520 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3521 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3523 }
3524
3525 int
3526 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3527 {
3528 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3529 int val = 0;
3530 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3531 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3532
3533 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3534 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3535
3536 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3537 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3538 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3539 {
3540 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3541 continue;
3542
3543 if (bl->inserted)
3544 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3545 }
3546
3547 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3548 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3549
3550 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3551 return val;
3552 }
3553
3554 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3555 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3556 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3557 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3558 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3559
3560 static int
3561 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3562 {
3563 int val;
3564
3565 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3566 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3567
3568 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3569 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3570 return 0;
3571
3572 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3573 This should not ever happen. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3575
3576 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3577 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3578 {
3579 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3580 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3581 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3582
3583 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3584 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3585 || bl->section == NULL
3586 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3587 {
3588 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3589 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3590 }
3591 else
3592 {
3593 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3594 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3595 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3596 {
3597 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3598 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3599 */
3600 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3601 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3602 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3603 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3604 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3605 else
3606 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3607 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3608 }
3609 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3610 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3611 if (bl->inserted)
3612 {
3613 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3614 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3615 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3616 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3617
3618 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3619 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3620 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3621 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3622 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3623 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3624 else
3625 val = 0;
3626 }
3627 else
3628 {
3629 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3630 val = 0;
3631 }
3632 }
3633
3634 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3635 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3636 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3637 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3638 val = 0;
3639
3640 if (val)
3641 return val;
3642 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3643 }
3644 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3645 {
3646 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3647 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3648
3649 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3650 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3651
3652 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3653 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3654 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3655 bl->owner->number);
3656 }
3657 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3658 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3659 && !bl->duplicate)
3660 {
3661 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3662 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3663
3664 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3665 if (val)
3666 return val;
3667
3668 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3669 }
3670
3671 return 0;
3672 }
3673
3674 static int
3675 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3676 {
3677 int ret;
3678 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3679
3680 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3681 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3682
3683 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3684 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3685 return 0;
3686
3687 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3688 This should not ever happen. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3690
3691 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3692
3693 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3694
3695 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3696
3697 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3698 return ret;
3699 }
3700
3701 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3702
3703 void
3704 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3705 {
3706 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3707
3708 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3709 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3710 bl->inserted = 0;
3711 }
3712
3713 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3714 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3715
3716 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3717 between runs.
3718
3719 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3720 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3721 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3722
3723
3724
3725 void
3726 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3727 {
3728 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3729 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3730 int ix;
3731 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3732
3733 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3734 nothing to do. */
3735 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
3736 return;
3737
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3739 {
3740 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3741 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3742 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3743 bl->inserted = 0;
3744 }
3745
3746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3747 {
3748 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3749 continue;
3750
3751 switch (b->type)
3752 {
3753 case bp_call_dummy:
3754 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3755
3756 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3757 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3758 rid of it. */
3759
3760 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3761
3762 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3763
3764 case bp_shlib_event:
3765
3766 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3767 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3768 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3769 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3770 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3771
3772 (gdb) file prog-linux
3773 (gdb) run # native linux target
3774 ...
3775 (gdb) kill
3776 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3777 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3778 */
3779
3780 case bp_step_resume:
3781
3782 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3783
3784 delete_breakpoint (b);
3785 break;
3786
3787 case bp_watchpoint:
3788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3789 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3790 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3791 {
3792 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3793
3794 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3795 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3796 delete_breakpoint (b);
3797 else if (context == inf_starting)
3798 {
3799 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3800 insert_breakpoints. */
3801 if (w->val)
3802 value_free (w->val);
3803 w->val = NULL;
3804 w->val_valid = 0;
3805 }
3806 }
3807 break;
3808 default:
3809 break;
3810 }
3811 }
3812
3813 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3814 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3815 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3816 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3817 }
3818
3819 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3820 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3821 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3822 match, not program space. */
3823
3824 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3825 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3826 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3827 permanent breakpoint.
3828 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3829 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3830 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3831 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3832 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3833
3834 enum breakpoint_here
3835 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3836 {
3837 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3838 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3839
3840 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3841 {
3842 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3843 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3844 continue;
3845
3846 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3847 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3848 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3849 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3850 {
3851 if (overlay_debugging
3852 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3853 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3854 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3855 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3856 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3857 else
3858 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3859 }
3860 }
3861
3862 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3863 }
3864
3865 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3866
3867 int
3868 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3869 {
3870 struct bp_location *loc;
3871 int ix;
3872
3873 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3874 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3875 return 1;
3876
3877 return 0;
3878 }
3879
3880 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3881 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3882 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3883 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3884
3885 int
3886 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3887 CORE_ADDR pc)
3888 {
3889 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3890
3891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3892 {
3893 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3894 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3895 continue;
3896
3897 if (bl->inserted
3898 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3899 {
3900 if (overlay_debugging
3901 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3902 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3903 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3904 else
3905 return 1;
3906 }
3907 }
3908 return 0;
3909 }
3910
3911 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3912 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3913
3914 int
3915 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3916 {
3917 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3918 return 1;
3919
3920 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3921 return 1;
3922
3923 return 0;
3924 }
3925
3926 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3927 inserted at PC. */
3928
3929 int
3930 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3931 CORE_ADDR pc)
3932 {
3933 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3934
3935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3936 {
3937 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3938 continue;
3939
3940 if (bl->inserted
3941 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3942 aspace, pc))
3943 {
3944 if (overlay_debugging
3945 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3946 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3947 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3948 else
3949 return 1;
3950 }
3951 }
3952
3953 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3954 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3955 return 1;
3956
3957 return 0;
3958 }
3959
3960 int
3961 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3962 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3963 {
3964 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3965
3966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3967 {
3968 struct bp_location *loc;
3969
3970 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3971 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3972 continue;
3973
3974 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3975 continue;
3976
3977 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3978 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3979 {
3980 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3981
3982 /* Check for intersection. */
3983 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3984 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3985 if (l < h)
3986 return 1;
3987 }
3988 }
3989 return 0;
3990 }
3991
3992 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3993 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3994
3995 int
3996 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3997 ptid_t ptid)
3998 {
3999 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4000 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4001 int thread = -1;
4002 int task = 0;
4003
4004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4005 {
4006 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4007 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4008 continue;
4009
4010 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4011 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4012 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4013 continue;
4014
4015 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4016 continue;
4017
4018 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4019 {
4020 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4021 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4022 it is now time to do so. */
4023 if (thread == -1)
4024 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4025 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4026 continue;
4027 }
4028
4029 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4030 {
4031 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4032 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4033 it is now time to do so. */
4034 if (task == 0)
4035 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4036 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4037 continue;
4038 }
4039
4040 if (overlay_debugging
4041 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4042 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4043 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4044
4045 return 1;
4046 }
4047
4048 return 0;
4049 }
4050 \f
4051
4052 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4053 in breakpoint.h. */
4054
4055 int
4056 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4057 {
4058 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4059 }
4060
4061 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4062 'next' chain. */
4063
4064 static void
4065 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4066 {
4067 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4068 value_free (bs->old_val);
4069 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4070 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4071 xfree (bs);
4072 }
4073
4074 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4075 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4076
4077 void
4078 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4079 {
4080 bpstat p;
4081 bpstat q;
4082
4083 if (bsp == 0)
4084 return;
4085 p = *bsp;
4086 while (p != NULL)
4087 {
4088 q = p->next;
4089 bpstat_free (p);
4090 p = q;
4091 }
4092 *bsp = NULL;
4093 }
4094
4095 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4096 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4097
4098 bpstat
4099 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4100 {
4101 bpstat p = NULL;
4102 bpstat tmp;
4103 bpstat retval = NULL;
4104
4105 if (bs == NULL)
4106 return bs;
4107
4108 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4109 {
4110 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4111 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4112 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4113 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4114 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4115 {
4116 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4117 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4118 }
4119
4120 if (p == NULL)
4121 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4122 retval = tmp;
4123 else
4124 p->next = tmp;
4125 p = tmp;
4126 }
4127 p->next = NULL;
4128 return retval;
4129 }
4130
4131 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4132
4133 bpstat
4134 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4135 {
4136 if (bsp == NULL)
4137 return NULL;
4138
4139 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4140 {
4141 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4142 return bsp;
4143 }
4144 return NULL;
4145 }
4146
4147 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4148 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4149 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4150 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4151
4152 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4153 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4154 we set it.
4155 Return 1 otherwise. */
4156
4157 int
4158 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4159 {
4160 struct breakpoint *b;
4161
4162 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4163 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4164
4165 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4166 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4167 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4168 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4169 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4170 if (b == NULL)
4171 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4172
4173 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4174 return 1;
4175 }
4176
4177 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4178
4179 void
4180 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4181 {
4182 struct thread_info *tp;
4183 bpstat bs;
4184
4185 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4186 return;
4187
4188 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4189 if (tp == NULL)
4190 return;
4191
4192 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4193 {
4194 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4195
4196 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4197 {
4198 value_free (bs->old_val);
4199 bs->old_val = NULL;
4200 }
4201 }
4202 }
4203
4204 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4205
4206 static void
4207 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4208 {
4209 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4210 {
4211 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4212
4213 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4214 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4215 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4216 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4217 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4218 return;
4219 }
4220
4221 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4222 }
4223
4224 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4225 command. */
4226 static void
4227 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4228 {
4229 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4230 }
4231
4232 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4233 or its equivalent. */
4234
4235 static int
4236 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4237 {
4238 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4239 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4240 }
4241
4242 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4243 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4244 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4245 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4246
4247 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4248 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4249 bpstat of the current thread. */
4250
4251 static int
4252 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4253 {
4254 bpstat bs;
4255 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4256 int again = 0;
4257
4258 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4259 in bs->commands. */
4260 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4261 return 0;
4262
4263 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4264 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4265
4266 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4267
4268 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4269 bs = *bsp;
4270
4271 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4272 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4273 {
4274 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4275 struct command_line *cmd;
4276 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4277
4278 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4279
4280 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4281 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4282 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4283 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4284 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4285 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4286 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4287 the tree when we're done. */
4288 ccmd = bs->commands;
4289 bs->commands = NULL;
4290 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4291 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4292 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4293 {
4294 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4295 cmd = cmd->next;
4296 }
4297
4298 while (cmd != NULL)
4299 {
4300 execute_control_command (cmd);
4301
4302 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4303 break;
4304 else
4305 cmd = cmd->next;
4306 }
4307
4308 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4309 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4310
4311 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4312 {
4313 if (target_can_async_p ())
4314 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4315 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4316 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4317 ;
4318 else
4319 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4320 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4321 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4322 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4323 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4324 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4325 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4326 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4327 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4328 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4329 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4330 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4331 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4332 again = 1;
4333 break;
4334 }
4335 }
4336 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4337 return again;
4338 }
4339
4340 void
4341 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4342 {
4343 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4344
4345 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4346 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4347 && target_has_execution
4348 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4349 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4350 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4351 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4352 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4353 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4354 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4355 break;
4356
4357 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4358 }
4359
4360 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4361
4362 static void
4363 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4364 {
4365 if (val == NULL)
4366 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4367 else
4368 {
4369 struct value_print_options opts;
4370 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4371 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4372 }
4373 }
4374
4375 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4376 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4377 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4378 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4379 normal_stop(). */
4380
4381 static enum print_stop_action
4382 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4383 {
4384 switch (bs->print_it)
4385 {
4386 case print_it_noop:
4387 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4388 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4389 break;
4390
4391 case print_it_done:
4392 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4393 relevant messages. */
4394 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4395 break;
4396
4397 case print_it_normal:
4398 {
4399 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4400
4401 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4402 which has since been deleted. */
4403 if (b == NULL)
4404 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4405
4406 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4407 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4408 }
4409 break;
4410
4411 default:
4412 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4413 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4414 break;
4415 }
4416 }
4417
4418 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4419
4420 static void
4421 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4422 {
4423 int any_deleted
4424 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4425 int any_added
4426 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4427
4428 if (!is_catchpoint)
4429 {
4430 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4431 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4432 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4433 else
4434 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4435 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4436 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4437 }
4438
4439 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4440 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4442
4443 if (any_deleted)
4444 {
4445 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4446 char *name;
4447 int ix;
4448
4449 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4450 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4451 "removed");
4452 for (ix = 0;
4453 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4454 ix, name);
4455 ++ix)
4456 {
4457 if (ix > 0)
4458 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4459 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4461 }
4462
4463 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4464 }
4465
4466 if (any_added)
4467 {
4468 struct so_list *iter;
4469 int ix;
4470 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4471
4472 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4473 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4474 "added");
4475 for (ix = 0;
4476 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4477 ix, iter);
4478 ++ix)
4479 {
4480 if (ix > 0)
4481 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4482 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4483 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4484 }
4485
4486 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4487 }
4488 }
4489
4490 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4491 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4492 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4493 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4494 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4495 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4496 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4497 routine is one of:
4498
4499 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4500 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4501 code to print the location. An example is
4502 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4503 the location.
4504 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4505 to also print the location part of the message.
4506 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4507 don't require a location appended to the end.
4508 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4509 further info to be printed. */
4510
4511 enum print_stop_action
4512 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4513 {
4514 int val;
4515
4516 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4517 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4518 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4519 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4520 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4521 {
4522 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4523 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4524 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4525 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4526 return val;
4527 }
4528
4529 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4530 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4531 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4532 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4533 {
4534 print_solib_event (0);
4535 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4536 }
4537
4538 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4539 with and nothing was printed. */
4540 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4541 }
4542
4543 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4544 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4545 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4546 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4547
4548 static int
4549 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4550 {
4551 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4552 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4553
4554 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4555 return i;
4556 }
4557
4558 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4559
4560 static bpstat
4561 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4562 {
4563 bpstat bs;
4564
4565 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4566 bs->next = NULL;
4567 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4568 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4569 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4570 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4571 incref_bp_location (bl);
4572 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4573 bs->commands = NULL;
4574 bs->old_val = NULL;
4575 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4576 return bs;
4577 }
4578 \f
4579 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4580 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4581
4582 int
4583 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4584 {
4585 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4586 CORE_ADDR addr;
4587 struct breakpoint *b;
4588
4589 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4590 {
4591 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4592 as not triggered. */
4593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4594 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4595 {
4596 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4597
4598 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4599 }
4600
4601 return 0;
4602 }
4603
4604 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4605 {
4606 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4607 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4608 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4609 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4610 {
4611 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4612
4613 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4614 }
4615
4616 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4617 }
4618
4619 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4620 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4621 triggered. */
4622
4623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4624 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4625 {
4626 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4627 struct bp_location *loc;
4628
4629 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4630 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4631 {
4632 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4633 {
4634 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4635 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4636
4637 if (newaddr == start)
4638 {
4639 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4640 break;
4641 }
4642 }
4643 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4644 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4645 addr, loc->address,
4646 loc->length))
4647 {
4648 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4649 break;
4650 }
4651 }
4652 }
4653
4654 return 1;
4655 }
4656
4657 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4658 because of check_errors). */
4659 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4660 #define WP_DELETED 1
4661 /* The value has changed. */
4662 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4663 /* The value has not changed. */
4664 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4665 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4666 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4667
4668 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4669 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4670
4671 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4672 changed.
4673
4674 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4675 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4676
4677 static int
4678 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4679 {
4680 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4681 struct watchpoint *b;
4682 struct frame_info *fr;
4683 int within_current_scope;
4684
4685 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4686 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4687 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4688
4689 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4690 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4691 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4692 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4693 return WP_IGNORE;
4694
4695 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4696 within_current_scope = 1;
4697 else
4698 {
4699 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4700 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4701 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4702
4703 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4704 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4705 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4706 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4707 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4708 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4709 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4710 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4711 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4712 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4713 return WP_IGNORE;
4714
4715 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4716 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4717
4718 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4719 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4720 if (within_current_scope)
4721 {
4722 struct symbol *function;
4723
4724 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4725 if (function == NULL
4726 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4727 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4728 within_current_scope = 0;
4729 }
4730
4731 if (within_current_scope)
4732 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4733 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4734 the user. */
4735 select_frame (fr);
4736 }
4737
4738 if (within_current_scope)
4739 {
4740 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4741 time before we return to the command level and call
4742 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4743 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4744
4745 int pc = 0;
4746 struct value *mark;
4747 struct value *new_val;
4748
4749 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4750 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4751 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4752 a mask watchpoint. */
4753 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4754
4755 mark = value_mark ();
4756 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4757
4758 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4759 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4760 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4761 not what we want. */
4762 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4763 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4764 {
4765 if (new_val != NULL)
4766 {
4767 release_value (new_val);
4768 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4769 }
4770 bs->old_val = b->val;
4771 b->val = new_val;
4772 b->val_valid = 1;
4773 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4774 }
4775 else
4776 {
4777 /* Nothing changed. */
4778 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4779 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4780 }
4781 }
4782 else
4783 {
4784 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4785
4786 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4787 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4788 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4789 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4790 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4791 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4792 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4793 the first value assigned). */
4794 /* We print all the stop information in
4795 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4796 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4797 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4798 here. */
4799 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4800 ui_out_field_string
4801 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4802 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4803 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4804 ui_out_text (uiout,
4805 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4806 which its expression is valid.\n");
4807
4808 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4809 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4810 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4811
4812 return WP_DELETED;
4813 }
4814 }
4815
4816 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4817 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4818 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4819
4820 static int
4821 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4822 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4823 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4824 {
4825 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4826
4827 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4828 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4829
4830 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4831 }
4832
4833 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4834 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4835
4836 static void
4837 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4838 {
4839 const struct bp_location *bl;
4840 struct watchpoint *b;
4841
4842 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4843 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4844 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4845 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4846 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4847
4848 {
4849 int must_check_value = 0;
4850
4851 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4852 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4853 watched value. */
4854 must_check_value = 1;
4855 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4856 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4857 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4858 this watchpoint. */
4859 must_check_value = 1;
4860 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4861 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4862 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4863 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4864 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4865 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4866 must_check_value = 1;
4867
4868 if (must_check_value)
4869 {
4870 char *message
4871 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4872 b->base.number);
4873 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4874 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4875 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4876 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4877 switch (e)
4878 {
4879 case WP_DELETED:
4880 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4881 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4882 /* Stop. */
4883 break;
4884 case WP_IGNORE:
4885 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4886 bs->stop = 0;
4887 break;
4888 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4889 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4890 {
4891 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4892
4893 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4894 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4895 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4896 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4897 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4898 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4899 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4900 old value.
4901
4902 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4903 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4904 happen:
4905
4906 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4907 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4908 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4909 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4910
4911 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4912 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4913 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4914 watchpoint.
4915
4916 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4917 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4918 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4919 changes. This still gives false positives when
4920 the program writes the same value to memory as
4921 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4922 it for a read), but it's much better than
4923 nothing. */
4924
4925 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4926
4927 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4928 {
4929 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4930
4931 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4932 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4933 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4934 {
4935 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4936 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4937
4938 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4939 == watch_triggered_yes)
4940 {
4941 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4942 break;
4943 }
4944 }
4945 }
4946
4947 if (other_write_watchpoint
4948 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4949 {
4950 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4951 and the value changed since the last time we
4952 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4953 Ignore it. */
4954 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4955 bs->stop = 0;
4956 }
4957 }
4958 break;
4959 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4960 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4961 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4962 {
4963 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4964 the value hasn't changed. */
4965 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4966 bs->stop = 0;
4967 }
4968 /* Stop. */
4969 break;
4970 default:
4971 /* Can't happen. */
4972 case 0:
4973 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4974 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4975 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4976 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4977 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4978 break;
4979 }
4980 }
4981 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4982 {
4983 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4984 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4985 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4986 anything for this watchpoint. */
4987 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4988 bs->stop = 0;
4989 }
4990 }
4991 }
4992
4993
4994 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4995 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4996 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4997
4998 static void
4999 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5000 {
5001 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5002 const struct bp_location *bl;
5003 struct breakpoint *b;
5004
5005 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5006 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5007 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5008 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5009 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5010
5011 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5012 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5013 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5014
5015 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5016 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5017 bs->stop = 0;
5018 else if (bs->stop)
5019 {
5020 int value_is_zero = 0;
5021 struct expression *cond;
5022
5023 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5024 method implemented. */
5025 if (b->py_bp_object)
5026 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5027
5028 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5029 {
5030 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5031
5032 cond = w->cond_exp;
5033 }
5034 else
5035 cond = bl->cond;
5036
5037 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5038 {
5039 int within_current_scope = 1;
5040 struct watchpoint * w;
5041
5042 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5043 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5044 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5045 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5046 function call. */
5047 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5048
5049 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5050 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5051 else
5052 w = NULL;
5053
5054 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5055 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5056 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5057 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5058 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5059 call site. */
5060 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5061 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5062 else
5063 {
5064 struct frame_info *frame;
5065
5066 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5067 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5068 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5069 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5070 really matter which instantiation of the function
5071 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5072 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5073 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5074 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5075 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5076 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5077 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5078 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5079 intuitive. */
5080 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5081 if (frame != NULL)
5082 select_frame (frame);
5083 else
5084 within_current_scope = 0;
5085 }
5086 if (within_current_scope)
5087 value_is_zero
5088 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5089 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5090 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5091 else
5092 {
5093 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5094 "in the current scope"));
5095 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5096 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5097 value_is_zero = 0;
5098 }
5099 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5100 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5101 }
5102
5103 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5104 {
5105 bs->stop = 0;
5106 }
5107 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5108 {
5109 bs->stop = 0;
5110 }
5111 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5112 {
5113 b->ignore_count--;
5114 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5115 bs->stop = 0;
5116 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5117 ++(b->hit_count);
5118 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5119 }
5120 }
5121 }
5122
5123
5124 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5125 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5126
5127 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5128 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5129 that:
5130
5131 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5132
5133 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5134
5135 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5136 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5137 several reasons concurrently.)
5138
5139 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5140 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5141
5142 bpstat
5143 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5144 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5145 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5146 {
5147 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5148 struct bp_location *bl;
5149 struct bp_location *loc;
5150 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5151 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5152 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5153 bpstat bs;
5154 int ix;
5155 int need_remove_insert;
5156 int removed_any;
5157
5158 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5159 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5160 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5161 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5162 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5163 inferior function calls. */
5164
5165 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5166 {
5167 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5168 continue;
5169
5170 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5171 {
5172 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5173 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5174 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5175 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5176 checked all locations already. */
5177 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5178 break;
5179
5180 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5181 continue;
5182
5183 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5184 continue;
5185
5186 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5187 matches. */
5188
5189 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5190 explain stop. */
5191
5192 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5193 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5194 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5195 bs->stop = 1;
5196 bs->print = 1;
5197
5198 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5199 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5200 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5201 iteration. */
5202 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5203 {
5204 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5205
5206 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5207 }
5208 }
5209 }
5210
5211 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5212 {
5213 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5214 {
5215 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5216 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5217 bs->stop = 0;
5218 bs->print = 0;
5219 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5220 }
5221 }
5222
5223 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5224 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5225 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5226 "catch unload". */
5227 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5228 {
5229 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5230 {
5231 handle_solib_event ();
5232 break;
5233 }
5234 }
5235
5236 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5237 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5238 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5239
5240 removed_any = 0;
5241
5242 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5243 {
5244 if (!bs->stop)
5245 continue;
5246
5247 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5248 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5249 if (bs->stop)
5250 {
5251 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5252
5253 if (bs->stop)
5254 {
5255 ++(b->hit_count);
5256 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5257
5258 /* We will stop here. */
5259 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5260 {
5261 --(b->enable_count);
5262 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5263 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5264 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5265 removed_any = 1;
5266 }
5267 if (b->silent)
5268 bs->print = 0;
5269 bs->commands = b->commands;
5270 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5271 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5272 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5273 bs->print = 0;
5274 }
5275
5276 }
5277
5278 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5279 print. */
5280 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5281 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5282 }
5283
5284 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5285 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5286 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5287 done later. */
5288 need_remove_insert = 0;
5289 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5290 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5291 if (!bs->stop
5292 && bs->breakpoint_at
5293 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5294 {
5295 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5296
5297 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5298 need_remove_insert = 1;
5299 }
5300
5301 if (need_remove_insert)
5302 update_global_location_list (1);
5303 else if (removed_any)
5304 update_global_location_list (0);
5305
5306 return bs_head;
5307 }
5308
5309 static void
5310 handle_jit_event (void)
5311 {
5312 struct frame_info *frame;
5313 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5314
5315 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5316 breakpoint_re_set. */
5317 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5318
5319 frame = get_current_frame ();
5320 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5321
5322 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5323
5324 target_terminal_inferior ();
5325 }
5326
5327 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5328
5329 void
5330 handle_solib_event (void)
5331 {
5332 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5333
5334 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5335 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5336 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5337 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5338 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5339 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5340 #else
5341 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5342 #endif
5343 target_terminal_inferior ();
5344 }
5345
5346 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5347
5348 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5349
5350 struct bpstat_what
5351 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5352 {
5353 struct bpstat_what retval;
5354 int jit_event = 0;
5355 bpstat bs;
5356
5357 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5358 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5359 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5360
5361 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5362 {
5363 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5364 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5365 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5366 enum bptype bptype;
5367
5368 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5369 {
5370 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5371 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5372 bptype = bp_none;
5373 }
5374 else
5375 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5376
5377 switch (bptype)
5378 {
5379 case bp_none:
5380 break;
5381 case bp_breakpoint:
5382 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5383 case bp_until:
5384 case bp_finish:
5385 case bp_shlib_event:
5386 if (bs->stop)
5387 {
5388 if (bs->print)
5389 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5390 else
5391 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5392 }
5393 else
5394 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5395 break;
5396 case bp_watchpoint:
5397 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5398 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5399 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5400 if (bs->stop)
5401 {
5402 if (bs->print)
5403 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5404 else
5405 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5406 }
5407 else
5408 {
5409 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5410 This requires no further action. */
5411 }
5412 break;
5413 case bp_longjmp:
5414 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5415 case bp_exception:
5416 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5417 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5418 break;
5419 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5420 case bp_exception_resume:
5421 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5422 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5423 break;
5424 case bp_step_resume:
5425 if (bs->stop)
5426 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5427 else
5428 {
5429 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5430 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5431 }
5432 break;
5433 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5434 if (bs->stop)
5435 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5436 else
5437 {
5438 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5439 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5440 }
5441 break;
5442 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5443 case bp_thread_event:
5444 case bp_overlay_event:
5445 case bp_longjmp_master:
5446 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5447 case bp_exception_master:
5448 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5449 break;
5450 case bp_catchpoint:
5451 if (bs->stop)
5452 {
5453 if (bs->print)
5454 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5455 else
5456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5457 }
5458 else
5459 {
5460 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5461 This requires no further action. */
5462 }
5463 break;
5464 case bp_jit_event:
5465 jit_event = 1;
5466 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5467 break;
5468 case bp_call_dummy:
5469 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5470 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5471 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5472 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5473 break;
5474 case bp_std_terminate:
5475 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5476 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5477 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5478 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5479 break;
5480 case bp_tracepoint:
5481 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5482 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5483 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5484 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5485 out already. */
5486 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5487 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5488 break;
5489 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5490 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5491 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5492 break;
5493 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5494 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5495 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5496 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5497 break;
5498
5499 case bp_dprintf:
5500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5501 break;
5502
5503 default:
5504 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5505 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5506 }
5507
5508 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5509 }
5510
5511 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5512 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5513
5514 if (jit_event)
5515 {
5516 if (debug_infrun)
5517 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5518
5519 handle_jit_event ();
5520 }
5521
5522 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5523 {
5524 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5525
5526 if (b == NULL)
5527 continue;
5528 switch (b->type)
5529 {
5530 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5531 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5532 break;
5533 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5534 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5535 break;
5536 }
5537 }
5538
5539 return retval;
5540 }
5541
5542 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5543 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5544 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5545
5546 int
5547 bpstat_should_step (void)
5548 {
5549 struct breakpoint *b;
5550
5551 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5552 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5553 return 1;
5554 return 0;
5555 }
5556
5557 int
5558 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5559 {
5560 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5561 if (bs->stop)
5562 return 1;
5563
5564 return 0;
5565 }
5566
5567 \f
5568
5569 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5570 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5571 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5572
5573 static char *
5574 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5575 {
5576 static char wrap_indent[80];
5577 int i, total_width, width, align;
5578 char *text;
5579
5580 total_width = 0;
5581 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5582 {
5583 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5584 {
5585 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5586 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5587 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5588
5589 return wrap_indent;
5590 }
5591
5592 total_width += width + 1;
5593 }
5594
5595 return NULL;
5596 }
5597
5598 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5599 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5600
5601 "host": Host evals condition.
5602 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5603 "target": Target evals condition.
5604 */
5605
5606 static const char *
5607 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5608 {
5609 struct bp_location *bl;
5610 char host_evals = 0;
5611 char target_evals = 0;
5612
5613 if (!b)
5614 return NULL;
5615
5616 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5617 return NULL;
5618
5619 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5620 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5621 return condition_evaluation_host;
5622
5623 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5624 {
5625 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5626 target_evals++;
5627 else
5628 host_evals++;
5629 }
5630
5631 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5632 return condition_evaluation_both;
5633 else if (target_evals)
5634 return condition_evaluation_target;
5635 else
5636 return condition_evaluation_host;
5637 }
5638
5639 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5640 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5641
5642 static const char *
5643 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5644 {
5645 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5646 return NULL;
5647
5648 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5649 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5650 return condition_evaluation_host;
5651
5652 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5653 return condition_evaluation_target;
5654 else
5655 return condition_evaluation_host;
5656 }
5657
5658 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5659
5660 static void
5661 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5662 struct bp_location *loc)
5663 {
5664 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5665 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5666
5667 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5668 loc = NULL;
5669
5670 if (loc != NULL)
5671 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5672
5673 if (b->display_canonical)
5674 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5675 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5676 {
5677 struct symbol *sym
5678 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5679 if (sym)
5680 {
5681 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5682 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5683 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5684 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5685 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5686 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5687 }
5688 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5689 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5690
5691 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5692 {
5693 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5694 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5695
5696 if (fullname)
5697 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5698 }
5699
5700 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5701 }
5702 else if (loc)
5703 {
5704 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5705 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5706
5707 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5708 demangle, "");
5709 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5710
5711 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5712 }
5713 else
5714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5715
5716 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5717 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5718 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5719 {
5720 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5721 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5722 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5723 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5724 }
5725
5726 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5727 }
5728
5729 static const char *
5730 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5731 {
5732 struct ep_type_description
5733 {
5734 enum bptype type;
5735 char *description;
5736 };
5737 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5738 {
5739 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5740 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5741 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5742 {bp_until, "until"},
5743 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5744 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5745 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5746 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5747 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5748 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5749 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5750 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5751 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5752 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5753 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5754 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5755 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5756 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5757 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5758 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5759 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5760 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5761 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5762 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5763 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5764 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5765 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5766 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5767 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5768 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5769 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5770 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5771 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5772 };
5773
5774 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5775 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5776 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5777 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5778 (int) type);
5779
5780 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5781 }
5782
5783 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5784
5785 static void
5786 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5787 struct bp_location *loc,
5788 int loc_number,
5789 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5790 int allflag)
5791 {
5792 struct command_line *l;
5793 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5794
5795 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5796 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5797 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5798 struct value_print_options opts;
5799
5800 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5801
5802 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5803 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5804 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5805 if (loc == NULL
5806 && (b->loc != NULL
5807 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5808 header_of_multiple = 1;
5809 if (loc == NULL)
5810 loc = b->loc;
5811
5812 annotate_record ();
5813
5814 /* 1 */
5815 annotate_field (0);
5816 if (part_of_multiple)
5817 {
5818 char *formatted;
5819 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5820 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5821 xfree (formatted);
5822 }
5823 else
5824 {
5825 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5826 }
5827
5828 /* 2 */
5829 annotate_field (1);
5830 if (part_of_multiple)
5831 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5832 else
5833 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5834
5835 /* 3 */
5836 annotate_field (2);
5837 if (part_of_multiple)
5838 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5839 else
5840 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5841
5842
5843 /* 4 */
5844 annotate_field (3);
5845 if (part_of_multiple)
5846 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5847 else
5848 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5849 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5850 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5851
5852
5853 /* 5 and 6 */
5854 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5855 {
5856 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5857 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5858 make sure there's just one location. */
5859 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5860 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5861 }
5862 else
5863 switch (b->type)
5864 {
5865 case bp_none:
5866 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5867 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5868 break;
5869
5870 case bp_watchpoint:
5871 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5872 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5873 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5874 {
5875 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5876
5877 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5878 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5879 is relatively readable). */
5880 if (opts.addressprint)
5881 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5882 annotate_field (5);
5883 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5884 }
5885 break;
5886
5887 case bp_breakpoint:
5888 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5889 case bp_until:
5890 case bp_finish:
5891 case bp_longjmp:
5892 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5893 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5894 case bp_exception:
5895 case bp_exception_resume:
5896 case bp_step_resume:
5897 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5898 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5899 case bp_call_dummy:
5900 case bp_std_terminate:
5901 case bp_shlib_event:
5902 case bp_thread_event:
5903 case bp_overlay_event:
5904 case bp_longjmp_master:
5905 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5906 case bp_exception_master:
5907 case bp_tracepoint:
5908 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5909 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5910 case bp_dprintf:
5911 case bp_jit_event:
5912 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5913 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5914 if (opts.addressprint)
5915 {
5916 annotate_field (4);
5917 if (header_of_multiple)
5918 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5919 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5920 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5921 else
5922 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5923 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5924 }
5925 annotate_field (5);
5926 if (!header_of_multiple)
5927 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5928 if (b->loc)
5929 *last_loc = b->loc;
5930 break;
5931 }
5932
5933
5934 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5935 are several. */
5936 if (loc != NULL
5937 && !header_of_multiple
5938 && (allflag
5939 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5940 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5941 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5942 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5943 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5944 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5945 {
5946 struct inferior *inf;
5947 int first = 1;
5948
5949 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5950 {
5951 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5952 {
5953 if (first)
5954 {
5955 first = 0;
5956 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5957 }
5958 else
5959 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5960 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5961 }
5962 }
5963 }
5964
5965 if (!part_of_multiple)
5966 {
5967 if (b->thread != -1)
5968 {
5969 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5970 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5971 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5972 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5973 }
5974 else if (b->task != 0)
5975 {
5976 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5977 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5978 }
5979 }
5980
5981 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5982
5983 if (!part_of_multiple)
5984 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5985
5986 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5987 {
5988 annotate_field (6);
5989 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5990 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5991 the frame ID. */
5992 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5993 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5994 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5995 }
5996
5997 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5998 {
5999 annotate_field (7);
6000 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6001 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6002 else
6003 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6004 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6005
6006 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6007 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6008 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6009 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6010 == condition_evaluation_target)
6011 {
6012 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6013 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6014 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6015 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6016 }
6017 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6018 }
6019
6020 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6021 {
6022 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6023 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6024 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6025 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6026 }
6027
6028 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
6029 {
6030 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6031 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6032 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6033 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6034 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6035 else
6036 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6037 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6038 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6039 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6040 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6041 else
6042 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6043 }
6044
6045 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
6046 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
6047 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6048 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
6049 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6050
6051 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6052 {
6053 annotate_field (8);
6054 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6055 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6056 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6057 }
6058
6059 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6060 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6061 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6062 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6063 {
6064 annotate_field (8);
6065 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6066 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6067 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6068 if (b->ignore_count)
6069 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6070 else
6071 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6072 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6073 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6074 }
6075
6076 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6077 {
6078 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6079
6080 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6081 {
6082 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6083 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6084 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6085 }
6086 }
6087
6088 if (!part_of_multiple && b->extra_string
6089 && b->type == bp_dprintf && !b->commands)
6090 {
6091 annotate_field (7);
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t(agent printf) ");
6093 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "printf", b->extra_string);
6094 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6095 }
6096
6097 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6098 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6099 {
6100 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6101
6102 annotate_field (9);
6103 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6104 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6105 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6106 }
6107
6108 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6109 {
6110 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6111
6112 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6113 {
6114 annotate_field (10);
6115 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6116 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6117 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6118 }
6119 }
6120
6121 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6122 {
6123 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6124 {
6125 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6126
6127 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6128 }
6129 else if (b->addr_string)
6130 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6131 }
6132 }
6133
6134 static void
6135 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6136 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6137 int allflag)
6138 {
6139 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6140 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6141
6142 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6143
6144 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6145 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6146
6147 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6148 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6149 locations, if any. */
6150 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6151 {
6152 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6153 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6154 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6155 situation.
6156
6157 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6158 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6159 if (b->loc
6160 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6161 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6162 {
6163 struct bp_location *loc;
6164 int n = 1;
6165
6166 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6167 {
6168 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6169 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6170 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6171 do_cleanups (inner2);
6172 }
6173 }
6174 }
6175 }
6176
6177 static int
6178 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6179 {
6180 int print_address_bits = 0;
6181 struct bp_location *loc;
6182
6183 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6184 {
6185 int addr_bit;
6186
6187 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6188 an address to print. */
6189 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6190 continue;
6191
6192 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6193 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6194 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6195 }
6196
6197 return print_address_bits;
6198 }
6199
6200 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6201 {
6202 int bnum;
6203 };
6204
6205 static int
6206 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6207 {
6208 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6209 struct breakpoint *b;
6210 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6211
6212 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6213 {
6214 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6215 {
6216 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6217 return GDB_RC_OK;
6218 }
6219 }
6220 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6221 }
6222
6223 enum gdb_rc
6224 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6225 char **error_message)
6226 {
6227 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6228
6229 args.bnum = bnum;
6230 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6231 an error. */
6232 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6233 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6234 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6235 else
6236 return GDB_RC_OK;
6237 }
6238
6239 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6240 internal or momentary. */
6241
6242 int
6243 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6244 {
6245 return b->number > 0;
6246 }
6247
6248 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6249 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6250 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6251 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6252 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6253 breakpoints listed. */
6254
6255 static int
6256 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6257 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6258 {
6259 struct breakpoint *b;
6260 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6261 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6262 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6263 struct value_print_options opts;
6264 int print_address_bits = 0;
6265 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6266 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6267
6268 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6269
6270 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6271 required for address fields. */
6272 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6273 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6274 {
6275 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6276 if (filter && !filter (b))
6277 continue;
6278
6279 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6280 accept. Skip the others. */
6281 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6282 {
6283 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6284 continue;
6285 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6286 continue;
6287 }
6288
6289 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6290 {
6291 int addr_bit, type_len;
6292
6293 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6294 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6295 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6296
6297 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6298 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6299 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6300
6301 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6302 }
6303 }
6304
6305 if (opts.addressprint)
6306 bkpttbl_chain
6307 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6308 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6309 "BreakpointTable");
6310 else
6311 bkpttbl_chain
6312 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6313 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6314 "BreakpointTable");
6315
6316 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6317 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6318 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6319 annotate_field (0);
6320 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6321 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6322 annotate_field (1);
6323 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6324 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6325 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6326 annotate_field (2);
6327 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6328 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6329 annotate_field (3);
6330 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6331 if (opts.addressprint)
6332 {
6333 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6334 annotate_field (4);
6335 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6336 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6337 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6338 else
6339 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6340 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6341 }
6342 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6343 annotate_field (5);
6344 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6345 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6346 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6347 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6348
6349 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6350 {
6351 QUIT;
6352 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6353 if (filter && !filter (b))
6354 continue;
6355
6356 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6357 accept. Skip the others. */
6358
6359 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6360 {
6361 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6362 {
6363 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6364 continue;
6365 }
6366 else /* all others */
6367 {
6368 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6369 continue;
6370 }
6371 }
6372 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6373 allflag is set. */
6374 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6375 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6376 }
6377
6378 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6379
6380 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6381 {
6382 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6383 empty list. */
6384 if (!filter)
6385 {
6386 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6387 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6388 else
6389 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6390 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6391 args);
6392 }
6393 }
6394 else
6395 {
6396 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6397 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6398 }
6399
6400 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6401 there have been breakpoints? */
6402 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6403
6404 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6405 }
6406
6407 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6408 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6409
6410 static void
6411 default_collect_info (void)
6412 {
6413 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6414
6415 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6416 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6417 not wanted. */
6418 if (!*default_collect)
6419 return;
6420
6421 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6422 actions. */
6423 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6424 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6425 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6426 }
6427
6428 static void
6429 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6430 {
6431 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6432
6433 default_collect_info ();
6434 }
6435
6436 static void
6437 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6438 {
6439 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6440 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6441
6442 if (num_printed == 0)
6443 {
6444 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6445 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6446 else
6447 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6448 }
6449 }
6450
6451 static void
6452 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6453 {
6454 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6455
6456 default_collect_info ();
6457 }
6458
6459 static int
6460 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6461 struct program_space *pspace,
6462 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6463 {
6464 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6465
6466 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6467 {
6468 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6469 && bl->address == pc
6470 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6471 return 1;
6472 }
6473 return 0;
6474 }
6475
6476 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6477 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6478 address spaces. */
6479
6480 static void
6481 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6482 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6483 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6484 {
6485 int others = 0;
6486 struct breakpoint *b;
6487
6488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6489 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6490 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6491 if (others > 0)
6492 {
6493 if (others == 1)
6494 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6495 else /* if (others == ???) */
6496 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6498 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6499 {
6500 others--;
6501 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6502 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6503 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6504 else if (b->thread != -1)
6505 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6506 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6507 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6508 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6509 ? " (disabled)"
6510 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6511 ? " (permanent)"
6512 : ""),
6513 (others > 1) ? ","
6514 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6515 }
6516 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6517 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6518 printf_filtered (".\n");
6519 }
6520 }
6521 \f
6522
6523 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6524 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6525 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6526 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6527
6528 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6529 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6530 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6531 breakpoint at address zero:
6532
6533 bp_watchpoint
6534 bp_catchpoint
6535
6536 */
6537
6538 static int
6539 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6540 {
6541 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6542
6543 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6544 }
6545
6546 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6547 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6548
6549 static int
6550 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6551 struct bp_location *loc2)
6552 {
6553 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6554 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6555
6556 /* Both of them must exist. */
6557 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6558 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6559
6560 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6561 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6562 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6563 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6564 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6565 other watchpoint. */
6566 if ((w1->cond_exp
6567 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6568 loc1->length,
6569 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6570 w1->cond_exp))
6571 || (w2->cond_exp
6572 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6573 loc2->length,
6574 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6575 w2->cond_exp)))
6576 return 0;
6577
6578 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6579 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6580 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6581 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6582 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6583 become hw_access locations later. */
6584 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6585 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6586 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6587 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6588 }
6589
6590 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6591 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6592 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6593 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6594
6595 static int
6596 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6597 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6598 {
6599 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6600 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6601 && addr1 == addr2);
6602 }
6603
6604 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6605 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6606 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6607 space doesn't really matter. */
6608
6609 static int
6610 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6611 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6612 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6613 {
6614 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6615 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6616 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6617 }
6618
6619 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6620 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6621 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6622 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6623
6624 static int
6625 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6626 struct address_space *aspace,
6627 CORE_ADDR addr)
6628 {
6629 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6630 aspace, addr)
6631 || (bl->length
6632 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6633 bl->address, bl->length,
6634 aspace, addr)));
6635 }
6636
6637 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6638 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6639 true, otherwise returns false. */
6640
6641 static int
6642 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6643 struct bp_location *loc2)
6644 {
6645 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6646 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6647 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6648 different locations. */
6649 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6650 else
6651 return 0;
6652 }
6653
6654 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6655 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6656 represent the same location. */
6657
6658 static int
6659 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6660 struct bp_location *loc2)
6661 {
6662 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6663
6664 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6665 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6666 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6667
6668 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6669 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6670
6671 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6672 return 0;
6673 else if (hw_point1)
6674 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6675 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6676 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6677 else
6678 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6679 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6680 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6681 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6682 }
6683
6684 static void
6685 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6686 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6687 {
6688 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6689 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6690 char astr1[64];
6691 char astr2[64];
6692
6693 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6694 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6695 if (have_bnum)
6696 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6697 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6698 else
6699 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6700 }
6701
6702 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6703 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6704 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6705 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6706
6707 static CORE_ADDR
6708 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6709 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6710 {
6711 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6712 {
6713 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6714 return bpaddr;
6715 }
6716 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6717 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6718 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6719 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6720 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6721 {
6722 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6723 have their addresses modified. */
6724 return bpaddr;
6725 }
6726 else
6727 {
6728 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6729
6730 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6731 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6732 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6733
6734 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6735 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6736 is required. */
6737 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6738 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6739
6740 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6741 }
6742 }
6743
6744 void
6745 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6746 struct breakpoint *owner)
6747 {
6748 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6749
6750 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6751
6752 loc->ops = ops;
6753 loc->owner = owner;
6754 loc->cond = NULL;
6755 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6756 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6757 loc->enabled = 1;
6758
6759 switch (owner->type)
6760 {
6761 case bp_breakpoint:
6762 case bp_until:
6763 case bp_finish:
6764 case bp_longjmp:
6765 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6766 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6767 case bp_exception:
6768 case bp_exception_resume:
6769 case bp_step_resume:
6770 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6771 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6772 case bp_call_dummy:
6773 case bp_std_terminate:
6774 case bp_shlib_event:
6775 case bp_thread_event:
6776 case bp_overlay_event:
6777 case bp_jit_event:
6778 case bp_longjmp_master:
6779 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6780 case bp_exception_master:
6781 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6782 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6783 case bp_dprintf:
6784 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6785 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6786 break;
6787 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6788 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6789 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6790 break;
6791 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6792 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6793 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6794 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6795 break;
6796 case bp_watchpoint:
6797 case bp_catchpoint:
6798 case bp_tracepoint:
6799 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6800 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6801 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6802 break;
6803 default:
6804 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6805 }
6806
6807 loc->refc = 1;
6808 }
6809
6810 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6811
6812 static struct bp_location *
6813 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6814 {
6815 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6816 }
6817
6818 static void
6819 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6820 {
6821 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6822 xfree (loc);
6823 }
6824
6825 /* Increment reference count. */
6826
6827 static void
6828 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6829 {
6830 ++bl->refc;
6831 }
6832
6833 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6834 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6835
6836 static void
6837 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6838 {
6839 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6840
6841 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6842 free_bp_location (*blp);
6843 *blp = NULL;
6844 }
6845
6846 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6847
6848 static void
6849 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6850 {
6851 struct breakpoint *b1;
6852
6853 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6854 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6855
6856 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6857 if (b1 == 0)
6858 breakpoint_chain = b;
6859 else
6860 {
6861 while (b1->next)
6862 b1 = b1->next;
6863 b1->next = b;
6864 }
6865 }
6866
6867 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6868
6869 static void
6870 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6871 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6872 enum bptype bptype,
6873 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6874 {
6875 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6876
6877 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6878
6879 b->ops = ops;
6880 b->type = bptype;
6881 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6882 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6883 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6884 b->thread = -1;
6885 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6886 b->next = 0;
6887 b->silent = 0;
6888 b->ignore_count = 0;
6889 b->commands = NULL;
6890 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6891 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6892 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6893 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6894 }
6895
6896 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6897 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6898
6899 static struct breakpoint *
6900 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6901 enum bptype bptype,
6902 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6903 {
6904 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6905
6906 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6907 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6908 return b;
6909 }
6910
6911 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6912 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6913 enough. */
6914
6915 static void
6916 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6917 {
6918 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6919
6920 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6921 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6922 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6923 {
6924 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6925 const char *function_name;
6926 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6927
6928 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6929 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6930
6931 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6932 {
6933 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6934
6935 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6936 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6937 &loc->requested_address))
6938 {
6939 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6940 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6941 loc->requested_address,
6942 b->type);
6943 }
6944 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6945 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6946 {
6947 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6948 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6949 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6950 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6951 breakpoint. */
6952 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6953 }
6954 }
6955
6956 if (function_name)
6957 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6958 }
6959 }
6960
6961 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6962 struct gdbarch *
6963 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6964 {
6965 if (sal.section)
6966 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6967 if (sal.symtab)
6968 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6969
6970 return NULL;
6971 }
6972
6973 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6974 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6975 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6976
6977 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6978 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6979 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6980
6981 static void
6982 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6983 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6984 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6985 {
6986 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6987
6988 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6989
6990 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
6991 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
6992
6993 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6994 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6995 program space. */
6996 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6997 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
6998
6999 breakpoints_changed ();
7000 }
7001
7002 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7003 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7004 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7005 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7006 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7007 is also returned as the value of this function.
7008
7009 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7010 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7011 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7012 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7013 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7014 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7015 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7016
7017 struct breakpoint *
7018 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7019 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7020 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7021 {
7022 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7023
7024 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7025 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7026 return b;
7027 }
7028
7029
7030 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7031 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7032 void
7033 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7034 {
7035 struct bp_location *bl;
7036
7037 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7038
7039 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7040 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7041 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7042 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7043 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7044 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7045 bl->inserted = 1;
7046 }
7047
7048 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7049 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7050 initiated the operation. */
7051
7052 void
7053 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7054 {
7055 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7056 int thread = tp->num;
7057
7058 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7059 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7060 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7061 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7062 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7063 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7064 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7065 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7066 {
7067 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7068 struct breakpoint *clone;
7069
7070 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7071 after their removal. */
7072 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7073 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7074 clone->thread = thread;
7075 }
7076
7077 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7078 }
7079
7080 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7081 void
7082 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7083 {
7084 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7085
7086 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7087 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7088 {
7089 if (b->thread == thread)
7090 delete_breakpoint (b);
7091 }
7092 }
7093
7094 void
7095 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7096 {
7097 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7098
7099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7100 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7101 {
7102 if (b->thread == thread)
7103 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7104 }
7105 }
7106
7107 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7108 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7109 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7110 breakpoints. */
7111
7112 struct breakpoint *
7113 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7114 {
7115 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7116
7117 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7118 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7119 {
7120 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7121
7122 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7123 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7124 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7125
7126 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7127
7128 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7129 if (retval == NULL)
7130 retval = new_b;
7131 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7132 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7133 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7134 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7135 }
7136
7137 return retval;
7138 }
7139
7140 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7141 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7142 stack.
7143
7144 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7145 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7146 frames. */
7147
7148 void
7149 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7150 {
7151 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7152
7153 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7154 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7155 {
7156 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7157
7158 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7159 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7160 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7161 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7162 continue;
7163
7164 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7165
7166 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7167 {
7168 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7169 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7170 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7171 }
7172 delete_breakpoint (b);
7173 }
7174 }
7175
7176 void
7177 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7178 {
7179 struct breakpoint *b;
7180
7181 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7182 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7183 {
7184 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7185 update_global_location_list (1);
7186 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7187 }
7188 }
7189
7190 void
7191 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7192 {
7193 struct breakpoint *b;
7194
7195 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7196 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7197 {
7198 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7199 update_global_location_list (0);
7200 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7201 }
7202 }
7203
7204 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7205 master breakpoint. */
7206 void
7207 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7208 {
7209 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7210
7211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7212 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7213 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7214 {
7215 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7216 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7217 }
7218 }
7219
7220 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7221 void
7222 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7223 {
7224 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7225
7226 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7227 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7228 delete_breakpoint (b);
7229 }
7230
7231 struct breakpoint *
7232 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7233 {
7234 struct breakpoint *b;
7235
7236 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7237 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7238
7239 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7240 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7241 b->addr_string
7242 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7243
7244 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7245
7246 return b;
7247 }
7248
7249 void
7250 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7251 {
7252 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7253
7254 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7255 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7256 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7257 delete_breakpoint (b);
7258 }
7259
7260 struct lang_and_radix
7261 {
7262 enum language lang;
7263 int radix;
7264 };
7265
7266 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7267
7268 struct breakpoint *
7269 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7270 {
7271 struct breakpoint *b;
7272
7273 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7274 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7275 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7276 return b;
7277 }
7278
7279 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7280
7281 void
7282 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7283 {
7284 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7285
7286 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7287 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7288 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7289 delete_breakpoint (b);
7290 }
7291
7292 void
7293 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7294 {
7295 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7296
7297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7298 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7299 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7300 delete_breakpoint (b);
7301 }
7302
7303 struct breakpoint *
7304 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7305 {
7306 struct breakpoint *b;
7307
7308 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7309 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7310 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7311 return b;
7312 }
7313
7314 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7315 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7316
7317 void
7318 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7319 {
7320 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7321
7322 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7323 {
7324 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7325 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7326
7327 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7328 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7329 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7330 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7331 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7332 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7333 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7334 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7335 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7336 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7337 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7338 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7339 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7340 #else
7341 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7342 #endif
7343 )
7344 {
7345 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7346 }
7347 }
7348 }
7349
7350 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7351 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7352 disabled. */
7353
7354 static void
7355 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7356 {
7357 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7358 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7359
7360 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7361 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7362 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7363 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7364 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7365 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7366 return;
7367
7368 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7369 {
7370 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7371 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7372
7373 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7374 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7375 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7376 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7377 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7378 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7379 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7380 || is_tracepoint (b))
7381 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7382 {
7383 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7384 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7385 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7386 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7387 loc->inserted = 0;
7388
7389 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7390 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7391
7392 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7393 {
7394 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7395 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7396 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7397 solib->so_name);
7398 }
7399 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7400 }
7401 }
7402 }
7403
7404 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7405
7406 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7407 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7408 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7409 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7410 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7411
7412 struct fork_catchpoint
7413 {
7414 /* The base class. */
7415 struct breakpoint base;
7416
7417 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7418 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7419 catchpoint has triggered. */
7420 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7421 };
7422
7423 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7424 catchpoints. */
7425
7426 static int
7427 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7428 {
7429 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7430 }
7431
7432 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7433 catchpoints. */
7434
7435 static int
7436 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7437 {
7438 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7439 }
7440
7441 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7442 catchpoints. */
7443
7444 static int
7445 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7446 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7447 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7448 {
7449 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7450
7451 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7452 return 0;
7453
7454 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7455 return 1;
7456 }
7457
7458 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7459 catchpoints. */
7460
7461 static enum print_stop_action
7462 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7463 {
7464 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7465 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7466 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7467
7468 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7469 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7470 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7471 else
7472 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7473 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7474 {
7475 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7476 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7477 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7478 }
7479 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7480 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7481 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7482 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7483 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7484 }
7485
7486 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7487 catchpoints. */
7488
7489 static void
7490 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7491 {
7492 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7493 struct value_print_options opts;
7494 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7495
7496 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7497
7498 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7499 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7500 readable). */
7501 if (opts.addressprint)
7502 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7503 annotate_field (5);
7504 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7505 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7506 {
7507 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7508 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7509 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7510 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7511 }
7512 }
7513
7514 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7515 catchpoints. */
7516
7517 static void
7518 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7519 {
7520 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7521 }
7522
7523 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7524 catchpoints. */
7525
7526 static void
7527 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7528 {
7529 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7530 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7531 }
7532
7533 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7534
7535 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7536
7537 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7538 catchpoints. */
7539
7540 static int
7541 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7542 {
7543 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7544 }
7545
7546 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7547 catchpoints. */
7548
7549 static int
7550 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7551 {
7552 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7553 }
7554
7555 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7556 catchpoints. */
7557
7558 static int
7559 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7560 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7561 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7562 {
7563 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7564
7565 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7566 return 0;
7567
7568 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7569 return 1;
7570 }
7571
7572 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7573 catchpoints. */
7574
7575 static enum print_stop_action
7576 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7577 {
7578 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7579 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7580 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7581
7582 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7583 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7584 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7585 else
7586 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7587 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7588 {
7589 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7590 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7591 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7592 }
7593 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7594 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7595 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7596 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7597 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7598 }
7599
7600 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7601 catchpoints. */
7602
7603 static void
7604 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7605 {
7606 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7607 struct value_print_options opts;
7608 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7609
7610 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7611 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7612 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7613 readable). */
7614 if (opts.addressprint)
7615 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7616 annotate_field (5);
7617 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7618 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7619 {
7620 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7621 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7622 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7623 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7624 }
7625 }
7626
7627 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7628 catchpoints. */
7629
7630 static void
7631 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7632 {
7633 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7634 }
7635
7636 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7637 catchpoints. */
7638
7639 static void
7640 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7641 {
7642 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7643 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7644 }
7645
7646 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7647
7648 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7649
7650 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7651 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7652 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7653 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7654 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7655
7656 struct solib_catchpoint
7657 {
7658 /* The base class. */
7659 struct breakpoint base;
7660
7661 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7662 unsigned char is_load;
7663
7664 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7665 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7666 char *regex;
7667 regex_t compiled;
7668 };
7669
7670 static void
7671 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7672 {
7673 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7674
7675 if (self->regex)
7676 regfree (&self->compiled);
7677 xfree (self->regex);
7678
7679 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7680 }
7681
7682 static int
7683 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7684 {
7685 return 0;
7686 }
7687
7688 static int
7689 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7690 {
7691 return 0;
7692 }
7693
7694 static int
7695 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7696 struct address_space *aspace,
7697 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7698 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7699 {
7700 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7701 struct breakpoint *other;
7702
7703 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7704 return 1;
7705
7706 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7707 {
7708 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7709
7710 if (other == bl->owner)
7711 continue;
7712
7713 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7714 continue;
7715
7716 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7717 continue;
7718
7719 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7720 {
7721 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7722 return 1;
7723 }
7724 }
7725
7726 return 0;
7727 }
7728
7729 static void
7730 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7731 {
7732 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7733 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7734 int ix;
7735
7736 if (self->is_load)
7737 {
7738 struct so_list *iter;
7739
7740 for (ix = 0;
7741 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7742 ix, iter);
7743 ++ix)
7744 {
7745 if (!self->regex
7746 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7747 return;
7748 }
7749 }
7750 else
7751 {
7752 char *iter;
7753
7754 for (ix = 0;
7755 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7756 ix, iter);
7757 ++ix)
7758 {
7759 if (!self->regex
7760 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7761 return;
7762 }
7763 }
7764
7765 bs->stop = 0;
7766 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7767 }
7768
7769 static enum print_stop_action
7770 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7771 {
7772 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7773 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7774
7775 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7776 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7777 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7778 else
7779 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7780 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7781 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7782 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7783 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7784 print_solib_event (1);
7785 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7786 }
7787
7788 static void
7789 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7790 {
7791 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7792 struct value_print_options opts;
7793 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7794 char *msg;
7795
7796 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7797 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7798 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7799 readable). */
7800 if (opts.addressprint)
7801 {
7802 annotate_field (4);
7803 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7804 }
7805
7806 annotate_field (5);
7807 if (self->is_load)
7808 {
7809 if (self->regex)
7810 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7811 else
7812 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7813 }
7814 else
7815 {
7816 if (self->regex)
7817 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7818 else
7819 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7820 }
7821 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7822 xfree (msg);
7823 }
7824
7825 static void
7826 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7827 {
7828 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7829
7830 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7831 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7832 }
7833
7834 static void
7835 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7836 {
7837 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7838
7839 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7840 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7841 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7842 if (self->regex)
7843 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7844 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7845 }
7846
7847 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7848
7849 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7850 "catch unload". */
7851
7852 static void
7853 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7854 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7855 {
7856 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7857 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7858 int tempflag;
7859 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7860
7861 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7862
7863 if (!arg)
7864 arg = "";
7865 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7866
7867 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7868 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7869
7870 if (*arg != '\0')
7871 {
7872 int errcode;
7873
7874 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7875 if (errcode != 0)
7876 {
7877 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7878
7879 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7880 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7881 }
7882 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7883 }
7884
7885 c->is_load = is_load;
7886 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
7887 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7888
7889 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7890 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7891 }
7892
7893 static void
7894 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7895 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7896 {
7897 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7898 }
7899
7900 static void
7901 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7902 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7903 {
7904 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7905 }
7906
7907 DEF_VEC_I(int);
7908
7909 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7910 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7911 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7912 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7913 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7914
7915 struct syscall_catchpoint
7916 {
7917 /* The base class. */
7918 struct breakpoint base;
7919
7920 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7921 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7922 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7923 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7924 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7925 };
7926
7927 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7928 catchpoints. */
7929
7930 static void
7931 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7932 {
7933 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7934
7935 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7936
7937 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7938 }
7939
7940 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7941
7942 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7943 {
7944 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7945 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7946 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7947
7948 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7949 int any_syscall_count;
7950
7951 /* Count of each system call. */
7952 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7953
7954 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7955 if any catching is necessary. */
7956 int total_syscalls_count;
7957 };
7958
7959 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
7960 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
7961 {
7962 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
7963
7964 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7965 if (inf_data == NULL)
7966 {
7967 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7968 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
7969 }
7970
7971 return inf_data;
7972 }
7973
7974 static void
7975 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
7976 {
7977 xfree (arg);
7978 }
7979
7980
7981 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7982 catchpoints. */
7983
7984 static int
7985 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7986 {
7987 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7988 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7989 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7990 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7991
7992 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7993 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7994 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7995 else
7996 {
7997 int i, iter;
7998
7999 for (i = 0;
8000 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8001 i++)
8002 {
8003 int elem;
8004
8005 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8006 {
8007 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8008 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8009 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8010 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8011 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8012 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8013 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8014 + vec_addr_offset);
8015 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8016 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8017 }
8018 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8019 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8020 }
8021 }
8022
8023 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8024 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8025 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8026 VEC_length (int,
8027 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8028 VEC_address (int,
8029 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8030 }
8031
8032 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8033 catchpoints. */
8034
8035 static int
8036 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8037 {
8038 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8039 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8040 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8041 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8042
8043 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8044 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8045 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8046 else
8047 {
8048 int i, iter;
8049
8050 for (i = 0;
8051 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8052 i++)
8053 {
8054 int elem;
8055 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8056 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8057 continue;
8058 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8059 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8060 }
8061 }
8062
8063 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8064 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8065 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8066 VEC_length (int,
8067 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8068 VEC_address (int,
8069 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8070 }
8071
8072 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8073 catchpoints. */
8074
8075 static int
8076 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8077 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8078 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8079 {
8080 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8081 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8082 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8083 int syscall_number = 0;
8084 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8085 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8086
8087 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8088 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8089 return 0;
8090
8091 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8092
8093 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8094 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8095 {
8096 int i, iter;
8097
8098 for (i = 0;
8099 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8100 i++)
8101 if (syscall_number == iter)
8102 break;
8103 /* Not the same. */
8104 if (!iter)
8105 return 0;
8106 }
8107
8108 return 1;
8109 }
8110
8111 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8112 catchpoints. */
8113
8114 static enum print_stop_action
8115 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8116 {
8117 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8118 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8119 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8120 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8121 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8122 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8123 ptid_t ptid;
8124 struct target_waitstatus last;
8125 struct syscall s;
8126
8127 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8128
8129 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8130
8131 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8132
8133 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8134 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8135 else
8136 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8137 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8138 {
8139 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8140 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8141 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8142 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8143 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8144 }
8145 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8146
8147 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8148 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8149 else
8150 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8151
8152 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8153 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8154 if (s.name != NULL)
8155 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8156
8157 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8158
8159 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8160 }
8161
8162 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8163 catchpoints. */
8164
8165 static void
8166 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8167 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8168 {
8169 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8170 struct value_print_options opts;
8171 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8172
8173 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8174 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8175 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8176 readable). */
8177 if (opts.addressprint)
8178 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8179 annotate_field (5);
8180
8181 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8182 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8183 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8184 else
8185 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8186
8187 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8188 {
8189 int i, iter;
8190 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8191
8192 for (i = 0;
8193 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8194 i++)
8195 {
8196 char *x = text;
8197 struct syscall s;
8198 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8199
8200 if (s.name != NULL)
8201 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8202 else
8203 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8204
8205 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8206 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8207 on every call. */
8208 xfree (x);
8209 }
8210 /* Remove the last comma. */
8211 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8212 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8213 }
8214 else
8215 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8216 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8217 }
8218
8219 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8220 catchpoints. */
8221
8222 static void
8223 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8224 {
8225 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8226
8227 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8228 {
8229 int i, iter;
8230
8231 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8232 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8233 else
8234 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8235
8236 for (i = 0;
8237 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8238 i++)
8239 {
8240 struct syscall s;
8241 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8242
8243 if (s.name)
8244 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8245 else
8246 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8247 }
8248 printf_filtered (")");
8249 }
8250 else
8251 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8252 b->number);
8253 }
8254
8255 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8256 catchpoints. */
8257
8258 static void
8259 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8260 {
8261 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8262
8263 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8264
8265 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8266 {
8267 int i, iter;
8268
8269 for (i = 0;
8270 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8271 i++)
8272 {
8273 struct syscall s;
8274
8275 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8276 if (s.name)
8277 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8278 else
8279 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8280 }
8281 }
8282 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8283 }
8284
8285 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8286
8287 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8288
8289 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8290
8291 static int
8292 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8293 {
8294 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8295 }
8296
8297 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8298 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8299 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8300 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8301
8302 static void
8303 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8304 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8305 char *cond_string,
8306 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8307 {
8308 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8309
8310 init_sal (&sal);
8311 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8312
8313 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8314
8315 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8316 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8317 }
8318
8319 void
8320 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8321 {
8322 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8323 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8324 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8325 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8326 if (!internal)
8327 mention (b);
8328 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8329
8330 if (update_gll)
8331 update_global_location_list (1);
8332 }
8333
8334 static void
8335 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8336 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8337 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8338 {
8339 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8340
8341 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8342
8343 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8344
8345 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8346 }
8347
8348 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8349
8350 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8351 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8352 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8353 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8354 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8355
8356 struct exec_catchpoint
8357 {
8358 /* The base class. */
8359 struct breakpoint base;
8360
8361 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8362 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8363 triggered. */
8364 char *exec_pathname;
8365 };
8366
8367 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8368 catchpoints. */
8369
8370 static void
8371 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8372 {
8373 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8374
8375 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8376
8377 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8378 }
8379
8380 static int
8381 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8382 {
8383 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8384 }
8385
8386 static int
8387 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8388 {
8389 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8390 }
8391
8392 static int
8393 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8394 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8395 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8396 {
8397 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8398
8399 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8400 return 0;
8401
8402 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8403 return 1;
8404 }
8405
8406 static enum print_stop_action
8407 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8408 {
8409 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8410 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8411 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8412
8413 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8414 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8415 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8416 else
8417 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8418 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8419 {
8420 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8421 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8422 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8423 }
8424 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8425 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8426 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8427 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8428
8429 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8430 }
8431
8432 static void
8433 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8434 {
8435 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8436 struct value_print_options opts;
8437 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8438
8439 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8440
8441 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8442 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8443 is relatively readable). */
8444 if (opts.addressprint)
8445 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8446 annotate_field (5);
8447 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8448 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8449 {
8450 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8451 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8452 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8453 }
8454 }
8455
8456 static void
8457 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8458 {
8459 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8460 }
8461
8462 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8463 catchpoints. */
8464
8465 static void
8466 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8467 {
8468 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8469 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8470 }
8471
8472 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8473
8474 static void
8475 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8476 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8477 {
8478 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8479 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8480
8481 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8482 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8483 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8484
8485 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8486 }
8487
8488 static int
8489 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8490 {
8491 int i = 0;
8492 struct breakpoint *b;
8493 struct bp_location *bl;
8494
8495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8496 {
8497 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8498 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8499 {
8500 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8501 one register. */
8502 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8503 }
8504 }
8505
8506 return i;
8507 }
8508
8509 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8510 watchpoint. */
8511
8512 static int
8513 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8514 {
8515 int i = 0;
8516 struct bp_location *bl;
8517
8518 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8519 return 0;
8520
8521 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8522 {
8523 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8524 one register. */
8525 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8526 }
8527
8528 return i;
8529 }
8530
8531 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8532 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8533 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8534 types _not_ TYPE. */
8535
8536 static int
8537 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8538 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8539 {
8540 int i = 0;
8541 struct breakpoint *b;
8542
8543 *other_type_used = 0;
8544 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8545 {
8546 if (b == except)
8547 continue;
8548 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8549 continue;
8550
8551 if (b->type == type)
8552 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8553 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8554 *other_type_used = 1;
8555 }
8556
8557 return i;
8558 }
8559
8560 void
8561 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8562 {
8563 struct breakpoint *b;
8564
8565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8566 {
8567 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8568 {
8569 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8570 update_global_location_list (0);
8571 }
8572 }
8573 }
8574
8575 void
8576 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8577 {
8578 struct breakpoint *b;
8579
8580 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8581 {
8582 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8583 {
8584 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8585 update_global_location_list (1);
8586 }
8587 }
8588 }
8589
8590 void
8591 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8592 {
8593 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8594 update_global_location_list (0);
8595 }
8596
8597 void
8598 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8599 {
8600 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8601 breakpoint_re_set ();
8602 }
8603
8604
8605 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8606 at address specified by SAL.
8607 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8608
8609 struct breakpoint *
8610 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8611 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8612 {
8613 struct breakpoint *b;
8614
8615 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8616 tail-called one. */
8617 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8618
8619 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8620 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8621 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8622 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8623
8624 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8625 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8626 control. */
8627 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8628 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8629
8630 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8631
8632 return b;
8633 }
8634
8635 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8636 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8637 breakpoint_ops. */
8638
8639 static struct breakpoint *
8640 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8641 enum bptype type,
8642 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8643 {
8644 struct breakpoint *copy;
8645
8646 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8647 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8648 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8649
8650 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8651 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8652 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8653 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8654 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8655 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8656
8657 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8658 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8659
8660 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8661 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8662 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8663 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8664
8665 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8666 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8667 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8668
8669 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8670 return copy;
8671 }
8672
8673 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8674 ORIG is NULL. */
8675
8676 struct breakpoint *
8677 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8678 {
8679 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8680 if (orig == NULL)
8681 return NULL;
8682
8683 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8684 }
8685
8686 struct breakpoint *
8687 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8688 enum bptype type)
8689 {
8690 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8691
8692 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8693 sal.pc = pc;
8694 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8695 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8696
8697 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8698 }
8699 \f
8700
8701 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8702
8703 static void
8704 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8705 {
8706 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8707 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8708 return;
8709 printf_filtered ("\n");
8710 }
8711 \f
8712
8713 static struct bp_location *
8714 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8715 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8716 {
8717 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8718 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8719 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8720
8721 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8722 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8723
8724 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8725 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8726 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8727 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8728 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8729 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8730 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8731 sal->pc, b->type);
8732
8733 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8734 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8735 ;
8736 *tmp = loc;
8737
8738 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8739 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8740 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8741 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8742 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8743 loc->section = sal->section;
8744 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8745
8746 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8747 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8748 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8749
8750 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8751 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8752 return loc;
8753 }
8754 \f
8755
8756 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8757 return 0 otherwise. */
8758
8759 static int
8760 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8761 {
8762 int len;
8763 CORE_ADDR addr;
8764 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8765 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8766 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8767 int retval = 0;
8768
8769 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8770
8771 addr = loc->address;
8772 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8773
8774 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8775 if (bpoint == NULL)
8776 return 0;
8777
8778 target_mem = alloca (len);
8779
8780 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8781 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8782 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8783 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8784
8785 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8786 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8787
8788 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8789 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8790 retval = 1;
8791
8792 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8793
8794 return retval;
8795 }
8796
8797 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8798 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8799
8800 static void
8801 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8802 {
8803 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8804 char *printf_line = NULL;
8805
8806 if (!dprintf_args)
8807 return;
8808
8809 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8810
8811 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8812 insist on it. */
8813 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8814 ++dprintf_args;
8815 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8816
8817 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8818 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8819
8820 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8821 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8822 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8823 {
8824 if (!dprintf_function)
8825 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8826
8827 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8828 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8829 dprintf_function,
8830 dprintf_channel,
8831 dprintf_args);
8832 else
8833 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8834 dprintf_function,
8835 dprintf_args);
8836 }
8837 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8838 {
8839 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8840 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8841 else
8842 {
8843 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8844 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8845 }
8846 }
8847 else
8848 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8849 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8850
8851 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8852 if (printf_line)
8853 {
8854 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8855
8856 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8857 {
8858 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8859 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8860 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8861 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8862 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8863 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8864 }
8865
8866 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8867 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8868 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8869 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8870 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8871 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8872
8873 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8874 }
8875 }
8876
8877 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8878 current style settings. */
8879
8880 static void
8881 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8882 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8883 {
8884 struct breakpoint *b;
8885
8886 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8887 {
8888 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8889 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8890 }
8891 }
8892
8893 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8894 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8895 as condition expression. */
8896
8897 static void
8898 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8899 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8900 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8901 char *extra_string,
8902 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8903 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8904 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8905 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8906 int display_canonical)
8907 {
8908 int i;
8909
8910 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8911 {
8912 int target_resources_ok;
8913
8914 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8915 target_resources_ok =
8916 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8917 i + 1, 0);
8918 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8919 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8920 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8921 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8922 }
8923
8924 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8925
8926 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8927 {
8928 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8929 struct bp_location *loc;
8930
8931 if (from_tty)
8932 {
8933 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8934 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8935 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8936
8937 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8938 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8939 }
8940
8941 if (i == 0)
8942 {
8943 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8944 b->thread = thread;
8945 b->task = task;
8946
8947 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8948 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8949 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8950 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8951 b->disposition = disposition;
8952
8953 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8954 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8955
8956 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8957 {
8958 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8959 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8960
8961 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8962 {
8963 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8964 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8965 char *p = &addr_string[3];
8966 char *endp;
8967 char *marker_str;
8968
8969 p = skip_spaces (p);
8970
8971 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8972
8973 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8974 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8975
8976 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8977 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8978 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8979 }
8980 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8981 {
8982 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8983 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8984
8985 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8986 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8987 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8988 }
8989 else
8990 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8991 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8992 }
8993
8994 loc = b->loc;
8995 }
8996 else
8997 {
8998 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8999 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9000 loc->inserted = 1;
9001 }
9002
9003 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9004 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9005
9006 if (b->cond_string)
9007 {
9008 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9009 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9010 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9011 if (*arg)
9012 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9013 }
9014
9015 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9016 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9017 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9018 {
9019 if (b->extra_string)
9020 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9021 else
9022 error (_("Format string required"));
9023 }
9024 else if (b->extra_string)
9025 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9026 }
9027
9028 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9029 if (addr_string)
9030 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9031 else
9032 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9033 me. */
9034 b->addr_string
9035 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9036 b->filter = filter;
9037 }
9038
9039 static void
9040 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9041 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9042 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9043 char *extra_string,
9044 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9045 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9046 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9047 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9048 int display_canonical)
9049 {
9050 struct breakpoint *b;
9051 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9052
9053 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9054 {
9055 struct tracepoint *t;
9056
9057 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9058 b = &t->base;
9059 }
9060 else
9061 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9062
9063 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9064
9065 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9066 sals, addr_string,
9067 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9068 type, disposition,
9069 thread, task, ignore_count,
9070 ops, from_tty,
9071 enabled, internal, flags,
9072 display_canonical);
9073 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9074
9075 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9076 }
9077
9078 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9079 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9080 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9081 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9082 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9083 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9084 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9085 we take just a single condition string.
9086
9087 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9088 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9089 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9090 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9091 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9092
9093 static void
9094 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9095 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9096 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9097 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9098 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9099 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9100 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9101 {
9102 int i;
9103 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9104
9105 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9106 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9107
9108 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9109 {
9110 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9111 'break', without arguments. */
9112 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9113 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9114 : NULL);
9115 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9116 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9117
9118 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9119 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9120 addr_string,
9121 filter_string,
9122 cond_string, extra_string,
9123 type, disposition,
9124 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9125 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9126 canonical->special_display);
9127 discard_cleanups (inner);
9128 }
9129 }
9130
9131 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9132 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9133 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9134 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9135
9136 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9137 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9138
9139 static void
9140 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9141 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9142 {
9143 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9144 breakpoint. */
9145 if ((*address) == NULL
9146 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9147 {
9148 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9149 address. */
9150 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9151 {
9152 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9153 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9154 CORE_ADDR pc;
9155
9156 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9157 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9158 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9159
9160 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9161 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9162 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9163 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9164 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9165 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9166 pc = sal.pc;
9167 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9168
9169 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9170 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9171 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9172 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9173 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9174 sal.pc = pc;
9175 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9176
9177 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9178 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9179 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9180
9181 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9182 }
9183 else
9184 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9185 }
9186 else
9187 {
9188 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9189
9190 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9191 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9192 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9193 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9194
9195 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9196 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9197 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9198 && (!cursal.symtab
9199 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9200 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9201 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9202 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9203 get_last_displayed_line (),
9204 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9205 else
9206 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9207 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9208 }
9209 }
9210
9211
9212 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9213 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9214
9215 static void
9216 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9217 {
9218 int i;
9219
9220 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9221 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9222 }
9223
9224 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9225 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9226 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9227 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9228 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9229 it, etc. */
9230
9231 static void
9232 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9233 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9234 {
9235 int i, rslt;
9236 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9237 char *msg;
9238 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9239
9240 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9241 {
9242 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9243
9244 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9245
9246 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9247 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9248 associated with SAL. */
9249 if (sarch == NULL)
9250 sarch = gdbarch;
9251 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9252 NULL, &msg);
9253 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9254
9255 if (!rslt)
9256 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9257 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9258
9259 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9260 }
9261 }
9262
9263 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9264
9265 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9266 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9267 {
9268 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9269 }
9270
9271 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9272 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9273 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9274 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9275 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9276 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9277
9278 static void
9279 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9280 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9281 char **rest)
9282 {
9283 *cond_string = NULL;
9284 *thread = -1;
9285 *task = 0;
9286 *rest = NULL;
9287
9288 while (tok && *tok)
9289 {
9290 char *end_tok;
9291 int toklen;
9292 char *cond_start = NULL;
9293 char *cond_end = NULL;
9294
9295 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9296
9297 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9298 {
9299 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9300 return;
9301 }
9302
9303 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9304
9305 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9306
9307 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9308 {
9309 struct expression *expr;
9310
9311 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9312 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9313 xfree (expr);
9314 cond_end = tok;
9315 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9316 }
9317 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9318 {
9319 char *tmptok;
9320
9321 tok = end_tok + 1;
9322 tmptok = tok;
9323 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9324 if (tok == tmptok)
9325 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9326 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9327 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9328 }
9329 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9330 {
9331 char *tmptok;
9332
9333 tok = end_tok + 1;
9334 tmptok = tok;
9335 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9336 if (tok == tmptok)
9337 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9338 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9339 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9340 }
9341 else if (rest)
9342 {
9343 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9344 return;
9345 }
9346 else
9347 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9348 }
9349 }
9350
9351 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9352
9353 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9354 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9355 {
9356 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9357 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9358 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9359 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9360 char *endp;
9361 char *marker_str;
9362 int i;
9363
9364 p = skip_spaces (p);
9365
9366 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9367
9368 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9369 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9370
9371 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9372 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9373 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9374
9375 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9376 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9377
9378 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9379 {
9380 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9381
9382 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9383
9384 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9385
9386 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9387 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9388
9389 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9390 }
9391
9392 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9393
9394 *arg_p = endp;
9395 return sals;
9396 }
9397
9398 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9399 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9400 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9401 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9402 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9403 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9404 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9405 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9406 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9407 false otherwise. */
9408
9409 int
9410 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9411 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9412 int thread, char *extra_string,
9413 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9414 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9415 int ignore_count,
9416 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9417 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9418 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9419 unsigned flags)
9420 {
9421 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9422 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9423 char *addr_start = arg;
9424 struct linespec_result canonical;
9425 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9426 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9427 int pending = 0;
9428 int task = 0;
9429 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9430
9431 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9432
9433 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9434
9435 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9436 {
9437 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9438 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9439 }
9440
9441 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9442 switch (e.reason)
9443 {
9444 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9445 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9446 return 0;
9447 break;
9448 case RETURN_ERROR:
9449 switch (e.error)
9450 {
9451 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9452
9453 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9454 error. */
9455
9456 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9457 throw_exception (e);
9458
9459 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9460
9461 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9462 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9463 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9464 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9465 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9466 return 0;
9467
9468 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9469 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9470 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9471 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9472 {
9473 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9474
9475 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9476 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9477 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9478 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9479 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9480 pending = 1;
9481 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9482 }
9483 break;
9484 default:
9485 throw_exception (e);
9486 }
9487 break;
9488 default:
9489 throw_exception (e);
9490 }
9491
9492 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9493 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9494
9495 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9496 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9497 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9498 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9499 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9500
9501 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9502 are ok for the target. */
9503 if (!pending)
9504 {
9505 int ix;
9506 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9507
9508 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9509 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9510 }
9511
9512 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9513 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9514 {
9515 int ix;
9516 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9517
9518 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9519 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9520 }
9521
9522 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9523 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9524 breakpoint. */
9525 if (!pending)
9526 {
9527 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9528
9529 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9530
9531 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9532 {
9533 char *rest;
9534 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9535 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9536 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9537 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9538
9539 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9540 &thread, &task, &rest);
9541 if (cond_string)
9542 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9543 if (rest)
9544 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9545 if (rest)
9546 extra_string = rest;
9547 }
9548 else
9549 {
9550 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9551 if (cond_string)
9552 {
9553 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9554 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9555 }
9556 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9557 if (extra_string)
9558 {
9559 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9560 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9561 }
9562 }
9563
9564 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9565 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9566 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9567 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9568 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9569 }
9570 else
9571 {
9572 struct breakpoint *b;
9573
9574 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9575
9576 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9577 {
9578 struct tracepoint *t;
9579
9580 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9581 b = &t->base;
9582 }
9583 else
9584 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9585
9586 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9587
9588 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9589 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9590 b->cond_string = NULL;
9591 else
9592 {
9593 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9594 if (cond_string)
9595 {
9596 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9597 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9598 }
9599 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9600 }
9601 b->extra_string = NULL;
9602 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9603 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9604 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9605 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9606 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9607 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9608 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9609
9610 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9611 }
9612
9613 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9614 {
9615 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9616 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9617 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9618 }
9619
9620 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9621 breakpoint. */
9622 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9623 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9624 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9625
9626 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9627 update_global_location_list (1);
9628
9629 return 1;
9630 }
9631
9632 /* Set a breakpoint.
9633 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9634 condition, and thread.
9635 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9636 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9637 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9638
9639 static void
9640 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9641 {
9642 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9643 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9644 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9645 : bp_breakpoint);
9646 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9647 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9648
9649 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9650 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9651 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9652 else
9653 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9654
9655 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9656 arg,
9657 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9658 tempflag, type_wanted,
9659 0 /* Ignore count */,
9660 pending_break_support,
9661 ops,
9662 from_tty,
9663 1 /* enabled */,
9664 0 /* internal */,
9665 0);
9666 }
9667
9668 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9669
9670 void
9671 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9672 {
9673 CORE_ADDR pc;
9674
9675 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9676 {
9677 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9678 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9679 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9680 sal->pc = pc;
9681
9682 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9683 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9684 if (sal->explicit_line)
9685 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9686 }
9687
9688 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9689 {
9690 struct blockvector *bv;
9691 struct block *b;
9692 struct symbol *sym;
9693
9694 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9695 if (bv != NULL)
9696 {
9697 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9698 if (sym != NULL)
9699 {
9700 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9701 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9702 }
9703 else
9704 {
9705 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9706 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9707 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9708 happen in assembly source). */
9709
9710 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9711 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9712
9713 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9714
9715 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9716 if (msym)
9717 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9718
9719 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9720 }
9721 }
9722 }
9723 }
9724
9725 void
9726 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9727 {
9728 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9729 }
9730
9731 void
9732 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9733 {
9734 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9735 }
9736
9737 static void
9738 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9739 {
9740 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9741 }
9742
9743 static void
9744 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9745 {
9746 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9747 }
9748
9749 static void
9750 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9751 {
9752 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9753 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9754 stop at <line>\n"));
9755 }
9756
9757 static void
9758 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9759 {
9760 int badInput = 0;
9761
9762 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9763 badInput = 1;
9764 else if (*arg != '*')
9765 {
9766 char *argptr = arg;
9767 int hasColon = 0;
9768
9769 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9770 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9771 function/method name. */
9772 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9773 {
9774 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9775 argptr++;
9776 }
9777
9778 if (hasColon)
9779 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9780 else
9781 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9782 }
9783
9784 if (badInput)
9785 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9786 else
9787 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9788 }
9789
9790 static void
9791 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9792 {
9793 int badInput = 0;
9794
9795 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9796 badInput = 1;
9797 else
9798 {
9799 char *argptr = arg;
9800 int hasColon = 0;
9801
9802 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9803 it is probably a line number. */
9804 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9805 {
9806 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9807 argptr++;
9808 }
9809
9810 if (hasColon)
9811 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9812 else
9813 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9814 }
9815
9816 if (badInput)
9817 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9818 else
9819 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9820 }
9821
9822 void dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
9823
9824 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9825 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9826 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9827 line. */
9828
9829 void
9830 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9831 {
9832 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9833 arg,
9834 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9835 0, bp_dprintf,
9836 0 /* Ignore count */,
9837 pending_break_support,
9838 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9839 from_tty,
9840 1 /* enabled */,
9841 0 /* internal */,
9842 0);
9843 }
9844
9845 static void
9846 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9847 {
9848 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9849 }
9850
9851 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9852 ranged breakpoints. */
9853
9854 static int
9855 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9856 struct address_space *aspace,
9857 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9858 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9859 {
9860 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9861 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9862 return 0;
9863
9864 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9865 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9866 }
9867
9868 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9869 ranged breakpoints. */
9870
9871 static int
9872 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9873 {
9874 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9875 }
9876
9877 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9878 ranged breakpoints. */
9879
9880 static enum print_stop_action
9881 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9882 {
9883 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9884 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9885 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9886
9887 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9888
9889 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9890 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9891
9892 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9893 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9894 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9895 else
9896 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9897 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9898 {
9899 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9900 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9901 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9902 }
9903 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9904 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9905
9906 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9907 }
9908
9909 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9910 ranged breakpoints. */
9911
9912 static void
9913 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9914 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9915 {
9916 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9917 struct value_print_options opts;
9918 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9919
9920 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9921 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9922
9923 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9924
9925 if (opts.addressprint)
9926 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9927 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9928 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9929 annotate_field (5);
9930 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9931 *last_loc = bl;
9932 }
9933
9934 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9935 ranged breakpoints. */
9936
9937 static void
9938 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9939 struct ui_out *uiout)
9940 {
9941 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9942 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9943 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9944 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9945
9946 gdb_assert (bl);
9947
9948 address_start = bl->address;
9949 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9950
9951 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9952 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9953 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9954 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9955 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9956 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9957
9958 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9959 }
9960
9961 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9962 ranged breakpoints. */
9963
9964 static void
9965 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9966 {
9967 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9968 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9969
9970 gdb_assert (bl);
9971 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9972
9973 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9974 return;
9975
9976 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9977 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9978 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9979 }
9980
9981 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9982 ranged breakpoints. */
9983
9984 static void
9985 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9986 {
9987 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
9988 b->addr_string_range_end);
9989 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9990 }
9991
9992 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9993
9994 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9995
9996 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9997 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9998 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9999 last instruction of the given line. */
10000
10001 static CORE_ADDR
10002 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10003 {
10004 CORE_ADDR end;
10005
10006 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10007 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10008 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10009 end = sal.pc;
10010 else
10011 {
10012 int ret;
10013 CORE_ADDR start;
10014
10015 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10016 if (!ret)
10017 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10018
10019 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10020 end--;
10021 }
10022
10023 return end;
10024 }
10025
10026 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10027
10028 static void
10029 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10030 {
10031 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10032 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10033 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10034 CORE_ADDR end;
10035 struct breakpoint *b;
10036 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10037 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10038 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10039
10040 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10041 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10042 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10043
10044 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10045 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10046 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10047 bp_count, 0);
10048 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10049 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10050
10051 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10052 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10053 error(_("No address range specified."));
10054
10055 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10056
10057 arg_start = arg;
10058 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10059
10060 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10061
10062 if (arg[0] != ',')
10063 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10064 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10065 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10066
10067 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10068
10069 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10070 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10071 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10072
10073 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10074 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10075 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10076
10077 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10078 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10079
10080 /* Parse the end location. */
10081
10082 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10083 arg_start = arg;
10084
10085 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10086 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10087 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10088 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10089 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10090 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10091 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10092 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10093
10094 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10095
10096 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10097 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10098
10099 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10100 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10101 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10102 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10103
10104 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10105 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10106 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10107
10108 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10109 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10110 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10111
10112 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10113 if (length < 0)
10114 /* Length overflowed. */
10115 error (_("Address range too large."));
10116 else if (length == 1)
10117 {
10118 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10119 the `hbreak' command. */
10120 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10121
10122 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10123
10124 return;
10125 }
10126
10127 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10128 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10129 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10130 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10131 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10132 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10133 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10134 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10135 b->loc->length = length;
10136
10137 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10138
10139 mention (b);
10140 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10141 update_global_location_list (1);
10142 }
10143
10144 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10145 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10146 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10147 zero. */
10148
10149 static int
10150 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10151 {
10152 int i = exp->nelts;
10153
10154 while (i > 0)
10155 {
10156 int oplenp, argsp;
10157
10158 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10159 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10160 i -= oplenp;
10161
10162 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10163 {
10164 case BINOP_ADD:
10165 case BINOP_SUB:
10166 case BINOP_MUL:
10167 case BINOP_DIV:
10168 case BINOP_REM:
10169 case BINOP_MOD:
10170 case BINOP_LSH:
10171 case BINOP_RSH:
10172 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10173 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10174 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10175 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10176 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10177 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10178 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10179 case BINOP_LESS:
10180 case BINOP_GTR:
10181 case BINOP_LEQ:
10182 case BINOP_GEQ:
10183 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10184 case BINOP_COMMA:
10185 case BINOP_EXP:
10186 case BINOP_MIN:
10187 case BINOP_MAX:
10188 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10189 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10190 case BINOP_IN:
10191 case BINOP_RANGE:
10192 case TERNOP_COND:
10193 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10194
10195 case OP_LONG:
10196 case OP_DOUBLE:
10197 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10198 case OP_LAST:
10199 case OP_COMPLEX:
10200 case OP_STRING:
10201 case OP_ARRAY:
10202 case OP_TYPE:
10203 case OP_TYPEOF:
10204 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10205 case OP_NAME:
10206 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10207
10208 case UNOP_NEG:
10209 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10210 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10211 case UNOP_ADDR:
10212 case UNOP_HIGH:
10213 case UNOP_CAST:
10214
10215 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10216 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10217 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10218 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10219 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10220 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10221 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10222
10223 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10224 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10225 ADDR is. */
10226 break;
10227
10228 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10229 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10230
10231 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10232 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10233 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10234 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10235
10236 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10237 are always constant. */
10238 {
10239 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10240
10241 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10242 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10243 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10244 return 0;
10245 break;
10246 }
10247
10248 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10249 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10250 then it is not a constant. */
10251 default:
10252 return 0;
10253 }
10254 }
10255
10256 return 1;
10257 }
10258
10259 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10260
10261 static void
10262 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10263 {
10264 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10265
10266 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10267 xfree (w->exp);
10268 xfree (w->exp_string);
10269 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10270 value_free (w->val);
10271
10272 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10273 }
10274
10275 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10276
10277 static void
10278 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10279 {
10280 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10281
10282 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10283 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10284
10285 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10286 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10287 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10288 are loaded and unloaded.
10289
10290 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10291 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10292 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10293 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10294 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10295 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10296
10297 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10298 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10299 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10300 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10301
10302 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10303 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10304
10305 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10306 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10307 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10308 }
10309
10310 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10311
10312 static int
10313 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10314 {
10315 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10316 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10317
10318 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10319 w->cond_exp);
10320 }
10321
10322 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10323
10324 static int
10325 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10326 {
10327 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10328 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10329
10330 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10331 w->cond_exp);
10332 }
10333
10334 static int
10335 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10336 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10337 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10338 {
10339 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10340 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10341
10342 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10343 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10344 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10345 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10346 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10347 (did not match the data address). */
10348 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10349 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10350 return 0;
10351
10352 return 1;
10353 }
10354
10355 static void
10356 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10357 {
10358 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10359
10360 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10361 }
10362
10363 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10364 hardware watchpoints. */
10365
10366 static int
10367 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10368 {
10369 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10370 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10371
10372 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10373 }
10374
10375 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10376 hardware watchpoints. */
10377
10378 static int
10379 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10380 {
10381 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10382 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10383 }
10384
10385 static enum print_stop_action
10386 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10387 {
10388 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10389 struct breakpoint *b;
10390 const struct bp_location *bl;
10391 struct ui_file *stb;
10392 enum print_stop_action result;
10393 struct watchpoint *w;
10394 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10395
10396 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10397
10398 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10399 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10400 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10401
10402 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10403 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10404
10405 switch (b->type)
10406 {
10407 case bp_watchpoint:
10408 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10409 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10410 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10411 ui_out_field_string
10412 (uiout, "reason",
10413 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10414 mention (b);
10415 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10416 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10417 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10418 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10419 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10420 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10421 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10422 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10423 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10424 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10425 break;
10426
10427 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10428 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10429 ui_out_field_string
10430 (uiout, "reason",
10431 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10432 mention (b);
10433 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10434 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10435 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10436 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10437 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10438 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10439 break;
10440
10441 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10442 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10443 {
10444 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10445 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10446 ui_out_field_string
10447 (uiout, "reason",
10448 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10449 mention (b);
10450 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10451 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10452 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10453 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10454 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10455 }
10456 else
10457 {
10458 mention (b);
10459 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10460 ui_out_field_string
10461 (uiout, "reason",
10462 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10463 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10464 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10465 }
10466 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10467 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10468 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10469 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10470 break;
10471 default:
10472 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10473 }
10474
10475 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10476 return result;
10477 }
10478
10479 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10480 watchpoints. */
10481
10482 static void
10483 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10484 {
10485 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10486 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10487 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10488
10489 switch (b->type)
10490 {
10491 case bp_watchpoint:
10492 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10493 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10494 break;
10495 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10496 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10497 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10498 break;
10499 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10500 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10501 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10502 break;
10503 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10504 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10505 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10506 break;
10507 default:
10508 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10509 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10510 }
10511
10512 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10513 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10514 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10515 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10516 }
10517
10518 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10519 watchpoints. */
10520
10521 static void
10522 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10523 {
10524 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10525
10526 switch (b->type)
10527 {
10528 case bp_watchpoint:
10529 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10530 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10531 break;
10532 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10533 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10534 break;
10535 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10536 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10537 break;
10538 default:
10539 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10540 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10541 }
10542
10543 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10544 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10545 }
10546
10547 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10548
10549 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10550
10551 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10552 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10553
10554 static int
10555 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10556 {
10557 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10558
10559 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10560 bl->watchpoint_type);
10561 }
10562
10563 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10564 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10565
10566 static int
10567 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10568 {
10569 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10570
10571 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10572 bl->watchpoint_type);
10573 }
10574
10575 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10576 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10577
10578 static int
10579 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10580 {
10581 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10582
10583 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10584 }
10585
10586 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10587 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10588
10589 static int
10590 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10591 {
10592 return 0;
10593 }
10594
10595 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10596 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10597
10598 static enum print_stop_action
10599 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10600 {
10601 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10602 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10603
10604 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10605 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10606
10607 switch (b->type)
10608 {
10609 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10610 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10611 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10612 ui_out_field_string
10613 (uiout, "reason",
10614 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10615 break;
10616
10617 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10618 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10619 ui_out_field_string
10620 (uiout, "reason",
10621 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10622 break;
10623
10624 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10625 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10626 ui_out_field_string
10627 (uiout, "reason",
10628 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10629 break;
10630 default:
10631 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10632 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10633 }
10634
10635 mention (b);
10636 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10637 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10638 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10639 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10640
10641 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10642 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10643 }
10644
10645 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10646 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10647
10648 static void
10649 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10650 struct ui_out *uiout)
10651 {
10652 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10653
10654 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10655 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10656
10657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10658 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10659 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10660 }
10661
10662 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10663 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10664
10665 static void
10666 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10667 {
10668 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10669 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10670 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10671
10672 switch (b->type)
10673 {
10674 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10675 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10676 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10677 break;
10678 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10679 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10680 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10681 break;
10682 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10683 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10684 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10685 break;
10686 default:
10687 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10688 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10689 }
10690
10691 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10692 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10693 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10694 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10695 }
10696
10697 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10698 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10699
10700 static void
10701 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10702 {
10703 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10704 char tmp[40];
10705
10706 switch (b->type)
10707 {
10708 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10709 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10710 break;
10711 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10712 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10713 break;
10714 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10715 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10716 break;
10717 default:
10718 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10719 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10720 }
10721
10722 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10723 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10724 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10725 }
10726
10727 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10728
10729 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10730
10731 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10732
10733 static int
10734 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10735 {
10736 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10737 }
10738
10739 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10740 hw_read: watch read,
10741 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10742 static void
10743 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10744 int just_location, int internal)
10745 {
10746 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10747 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10748 struct expression *exp;
10749 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10750 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10751 struct frame_info *frame;
10752 char *exp_start = NULL;
10753 char *exp_end = NULL;
10754 char *tok, *end_tok;
10755 int toklen = -1;
10756 char *cond_start = NULL;
10757 char *cond_end = NULL;
10758 enum bptype bp_type;
10759 int thread = -1;
10760 int pc = 0;
10761 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10762 the hardware watchpoint. */
10763 int use_mask = 0;
10764 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10765 struct watchpoint *w;
10766
10767 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10768 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10769 {
10770 char *value_start;
10771
10772 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10773 of the arguments string. */
10774 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10775 {
10776 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10777 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10778 tok--;
10779
10780 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10781 This is the value of the parameter. */
10782 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10783 tok--;
10784 value_start = tok + 1;
10785
10786 /* Skip whitespace. */
10787 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10788 tok--;
10789
10790 end_tok = tok;
10791
10792 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10793 This is the parameter itself. */
10794 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10795 tok--;
10796 tok++;
10797 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10798
10799 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10800 {
10801 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10802 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10803 only in a specific thread. */
10804 char *endp;
10805
10806 if (thread != -1)
10807 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10808
10809 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10810 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10811
10812 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10813 thread ID. */
10814 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10815 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10816
10817 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10818 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10819 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10820 }
10821 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10822 {
10823 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10824 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10825 facility. */
10826 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10827
10828 if (use_mask)
10829 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10830
10831 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10832
10833 mark = value_mark ();
10834 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10835 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10836 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10837 }
10838 else
10839 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10840 break;
10841
10842 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10843 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10844 *tok = '\0';
10845 }
10846 }
10847
10848 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10849 innermost_block = NULL;
10850 exp_start = arg;
10851 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10852 exp_end = arg;
10853 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10854 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10855 prettier. */
10856 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10857 --exp_end;
10858
10859 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10860 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10861 {
10862 int len;
10863
10864 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10865 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10866 len--;
10867 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10868 }
10869
10870 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10871 mark = value_mark ();
10872 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10873
10874 if (just_location)
10875 {
10876 int ret;
10877
10878 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10879 val = value_addr (result);
10880 release_value (val);
10881 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10882
10883 if (use_mask)
10884 {
10885 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10886 mask);
10887 if (ret == -1)
10888 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10889 else if (ret == -2)
10890 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10891 }
10892 }
10893 else if (val != NULL)
10894 release_value (val);
10895
10896 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10897 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10898
10899 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10900 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10901 {
10902 struct expression *cond;
10903
10904 innermost_block = NULL;
10905 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10906 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10907
10908 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10909 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10910 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10911
10912 xfree (cond);
10913 cond_end = tok;
10914 }
10915 if (*tok)
10916 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10917
10918 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10919 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10920 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10921 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10922 else
10923 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10924
10925 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10926
10927 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10928 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10929 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10930 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10931 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10932 {
10933 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10934 {
10935 scope_breakpoint
10936 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10937 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10938 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10939 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10940
10941 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10942
10943 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10944 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10945
10946 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10947 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10948
10949 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10950 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10951 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10952 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10953 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10954 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10955 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10956 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10957 scope_breakpoint->type);
10958 }
10959 }
10960
10961 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10962
10963 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10964 b = &w->base;
10965 if (use_mask)
10966 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10967 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10968 else
10969 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10970 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10971 b->thread = thread;
10972 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10973 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10974 w->exp = exp;
10975 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10976 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10977 if (just_location)
10978 {
10979 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10980 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10981 char *name;
10982
10983 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
10984 name = type_to_string (t);
10985
10986 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
10987 core_addr_to_string (addr));
10988 xfree (name);
10989
10990 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10991 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10992
10993 /* The above expression is in C. */
10994 b->language = language_c;
10995 }
10996 else
10997 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10998
10999 if (use_mask)
11000 {
11001 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11002 }
11003 else
11004 {
11005 w->val = val;
11006 w->val_valid = 1;
11007 }
11008
11009 if (cond_start)
11010 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11011 else
11012 b->cond_string = 0;
11013
11014 if (frame)
11015 {
11016 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11017 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11018 }
11019 else
11020 {
11021 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11022 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11023 }
11024
11025 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11026 {
11027 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11028 need to act on them together. */
11029 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11030 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11031 }
11032
11033 if (!just_location)
11034 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11035
11036 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11037 {
11038 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11039 that should be inserted. */
11040 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11041 }
11042 if (e.reason < 0)
11043 {
11044 delete_breakpoint (b);
11045 throw_exception (e);
11046 }
11047
11048 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11049 }
11050
11051 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11052 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11053
11054 static int
11055 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11056 {
11057 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11058 struct value *head = v;
11059
11060 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11061 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11062 return 0;
11063
11064 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11065 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11066 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11067 hardware watchpoint.
11068
11069 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11070 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11071 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11072 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11073 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11074 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11075 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11076 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11077 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11078
11079 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11080 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11081 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11082 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11083 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11084 {
11085 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11086 {
11087 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11088 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11089 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11090 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11091 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11092 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11093 ;
11094 else
11095 {
11096 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11097 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11098 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11099
11100 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11101 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11102 middle of some value chain. */
11103 if (v == head
11104 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11105 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11106 {
11107 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11108 int len;
11109 int num_regs;
11110
11111 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11112 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11113 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11114
11115 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11116 if (!num_regs)
11117 return 0;
11118 else
11119 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11120 }
11121 }
11122 }
11123 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11124 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11125 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11126 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11127 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11128 }
11129
11130 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11131 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11132 return found_memory_cnt;
11133 }
11134
11135 void
11136 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11137 {
11138 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11139 }
11140
11141 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11142 calls watch_command_1. */
11143
11144 static void
11145 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11146 {
11147 int just_location = 0;
11148
11149 if (arg
11150 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11151 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11152 {
11153 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11154 just_location = 1;
11155 }
11156
11157 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11158 }
11159
11160 static void
11161 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11162 {
11163 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11164 }
11165
11166 void
11167 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11168 {
11169 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11170 }
11171
11172 static void
11173 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11174 {
11175 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11176 }
11177
11178 void
11179 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11180 {
11181 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11182 }
11183
11184 static void
11185 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11186 {
11187 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11188 }
11189 \f
11190
11191 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11192 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11193
11194 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11195 {
11196 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11197 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11198 int thread_num;
11199 };
11200
11201 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11202 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11203 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11204 command. */
11205 static void
11206 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11207 {
11208 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11209
11210 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11211 if (a->breakpoint2)
11212 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11213 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11214 }
11215
11216 void
11217 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11218 {
11219 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11220 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11221 struct frame_info *frame;
11222 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11223 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11224 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11225 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11226 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11227 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11228 int thread;
11229 struct thread_info *tp;
11230
11231 clear_proceed_status ();
11232
11233 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11234 this function. */
11235
11236 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11237 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11238 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11239 get_last_displayed_line ());
11240 else
11241 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11242 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11243
11244 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11245 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11246
11247 sal = sals.sals[0];
11248 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11249
11250 if (*arg)
11251 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11252
11253 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11254
11255 tp = inferior_thread ();
11256 thread = tp->num;
11257
11258 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11259
11260 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11261 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11262 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11263 that. */
11264
11265 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11266 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11267 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11268 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11269
11270 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11271 one. */
11272
11273 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11274 {
11275 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11276
11277 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11278 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11279 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11280 sal2,
11281 caller_frame_id,
11282 bp_until);
11283 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11284
11285 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11286 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11287 }
11288
11289 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11290 frame = NULL;
11291
11292 if (anywhere)
11293 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11294 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11295 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11296 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11297 else
11298 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11299 only at the very same frame. */
11300 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11301 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11302 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11303
11304 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11305
11306 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11307 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11308 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11309 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11310
11311 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11312 {
11313 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11314 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11315
11316 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11317 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11318 args->thread_num = thread;
11319
11320 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11321 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11322 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11323 xfree);
11324 }
11325 else
11326 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11327 }
11328
11329 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11330 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11331
11332 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11333 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11334 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11335 if clause in the arg string. */
11336
11337 static char *
11338 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11339 {
11340 char *cond_string;
11341
11342 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11343 return NULL;
11344
11345 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11346 (*arg) += 2;
11347
11348 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11349 condition string. */
11350 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11351 cond_string = *arg;
11352
11353 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11354 string. */
11355 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11356
11357 return cond_string;
11358 }
11359
11360 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11361 process start/exit, etc. */
11362
11363 typedef enum
11364 {
11365 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11366 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11367 }
11368 catch_fork_kind;
11369
11370 static void
11371 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11372 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11373 {
11374 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11375 char *cond_string = NULL;
11376 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11377 int tempflag;
11378
11379 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11380 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11381 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11382
11383 if (!arg)
11384 arg = "";
11385 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11386
11387 /* The allowed syntax is:
11388 catch [v]fork
11389 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11390
11391 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11392 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11393
11394 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11395 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11396
11397 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11398 and enable reporting of such events. */
11399 switch (fork_kind)
11400 {
11401 case catch_fork_temporary:
11402 case catch_fork_permanent:
11403 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11404 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11405 break;
11406 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11407 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11408 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11409 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11410 break;
11411 default:
11412 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11413 break;
11414 }
11415 }
11416
11417 static void
11418 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11419 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11420 {
11421 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11422 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11423 int tempflag;
11424 char *cond_string = NULL;
11425
11426 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11427
11428 if (!arg)
11429 arg = "";
11430 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11431
11432 /* The allowed syntax is:
11433 catch exec
11434 catch exec if <cond>
11435
11436 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11437 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11438
11439 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11440 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11441
11442 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11443 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11444 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11445 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11446
11447 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11448 }
11449
11450 static enum print_stop_action
11451 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11452 {
11453 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11454 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11455 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11456
11457 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11458
11459 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11460 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11461 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11462 b->loc->address,
11463 b->number, 1);
11464 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11465 ui_out_text (uiout,
11466 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11467 : "Catchpoint ");
11468 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11469 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11470 ui_out_text (uiout,
11471 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11472 : " (exception caught), ");
11473 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11474 {
11475 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11476 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11477 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11478 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11479 }
11480 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11481 }
11482
11483 static void
11484 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11485 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11486 {
11487 struct value_print_options opts;
11488 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11489
11490 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11491 if (opts.addressprint)
11492 {
11493 annotate_field (4);
11494 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11495 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11496 else
11497 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11498 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11499 }
11500 annotate_field (5);
11501 if (b->loc)
11502 *last_loc = b->loc;
11503 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11504 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11505 else
11506 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11507 }
11508
11509 static void
11510 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11511 {
11512 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11513 int bp_temp;
11514 int bp_throw;
11515
11516 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11517 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11518 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11519 : _("Catchpoint "));
11520 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11521 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11522 : _(" (catch)"));
11523 }
11524
11525 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11526 catch catchpoints. */
11527
11528 static void
11529 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11530 struct ui_file *fp)
11531 {
11532 int bp_temp;
11533 int bp_throw;
11534
11535 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11536 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11537 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11538 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11539 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11540 }
11541
11542 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11543
11544 static int
11545 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11546 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11547 {
11548 char *trigger_func_name;
11549
11550 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11551 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11552 else
11553 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11554
11555 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11556 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11557 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11558 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11559 0,
11560 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11561 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11562 1 /* enabled */,
11563 0 /* internal */,
11564 0);
11565
11566 return 1;
11567 }
11568
11569 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11570
11571 static void
11572 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11573 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11574 {
11575 char *cond_string = NULL;
11576
11577 if (!arg)
11578 arg = "";
11579 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11580
11581 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11582
11583 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11584 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11585
11586 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11587 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11588 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11589
11590 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11591 return;
11592
11593 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11594 }
11595
11596 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11597
11598 static void
11599 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11600 {
11601 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11602
11603 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11604 }
11605
11606 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11607
11608 static void
11609 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11610 {
11611 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11612
11613 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11614 }
11615
11616 void
11617 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11618 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11619 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11620 char *addr_string,
11621 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11622 int tempflag,
11623 int from_tty)
11624 {
11625 if (from_tty)
11626 {
11627 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11628 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11629 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11630
11631 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11632 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11633 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11634 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11635 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11636 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11637 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11638 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11639 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11640 enough for now, though. */
11641 }
11642
11643 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11644
11645 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11646 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11647 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11648 b->language = language_ada;
11649 }
11650
11651 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11652 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11653 static VEC(int) *
11654 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11655 {
11656 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11657 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11658
11659 while (*arg != '\0')
11660 {
11661 int i, syscall_number;
11662 char *endptr;
11663 char cur_name[128];
11664 struct syscall s;
11665
11666 /* Skip whitespace. */
11667 while (isspace (*arg))
11668 arg++;
11669
11670 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11671 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11672 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11673 arg += i;
11674
11675 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11676 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11677 if (*endptr == '\0')
11678 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11679 else
11680 {
11681 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11682 to a number. */
11683 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11684
11685 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11686 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11687 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11688 syscall number to be caught. */
11689 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11690 }
11691
11692 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11693 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11694 }
11695
11696 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11697 return result;
11698 }
11699
11700 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11701
11702 static void
11703 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11704 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11705 {
11706 int tempflag;
11707 VEC(int) *filter;
11708 struct syscall s;
11709 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11710
11711 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11712 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11713 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11714 this architecture yet."));
11715
11716 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11717
11718 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11719
11720 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11721 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11722 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11723 for his/her architecture. */
11724 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11725
11726 /* The allowed syntax is:
11727 catch syscall
11728 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11729
11730 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11731
11732 if (arg != NULL)
11733 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11734 else
11735 filter = NULL;
11736
11737 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11738 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11739 }
11740
11741 static void
11742 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11743 {
11744 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11745 }
11746 \f
11747
11748 static void
11749 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11750 {
11751 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11752 }
11753
11754 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11755
11756 static int
11757 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11758 {
11759 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11760 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11761 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11762 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11763
11764 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11765 return -1;
11766 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11767 return 1;
11768
11769 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11770 the number 0. */
11771 if (ua < ub)
11772 return -1;
11773 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11774 }
11775
11776 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11777
11778 static void
11779 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11780 {
11781 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11782 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11783 int ix;
11784 int default_match;
11785 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11786 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11787 int i;
11788 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11789
11790 if (arg)
11791 {
11792 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11793 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11794 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11795 default_match = 0;
11796 }
11797 else
11798 {
11799 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11800 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11801 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11802 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11803
11804 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11805 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11806 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11807 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11808 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11809 error (_("No source file specified."));
11810
11811 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11812 sals.nelts = 1;
11813
11814 default_match = 1;
11815 }
11816
11817 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11818 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11819 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11820 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11821
11822 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11823 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11824 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11825 due to optimization, all in one block.
11826
11827 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11828 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11829 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11830 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11831 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11832 to support that. */
11833
11834 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11835 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11836 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11837 breakpoint. */
11838
11839 found = NULL;
11840 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11841 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11842 {
11843 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11844
11845 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11846 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11847 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11848 or at default pc.
11849
11850 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11851
11852 0 1 pc
11853 1 1 pc _and_ line
11854 0 0 line
11855 1 0 <can't happen> */
11856
11857 sal = sals.sals[i];
11858 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11859 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11860
11861 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11863 {
11864 int match = 0;
11865 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11866 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11867 {
11868 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11869 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11870 {
11871 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11872 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11873 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11874 && sal.pc
11875 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11876 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11877 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11878 || loc->section == sal.section));
11879 int line_match = 0;
11880
11881 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11882 && loc->source_file != NULL
11883 && sal.symtab != NULL
11884 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11885 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11886 {
11887 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11888 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11889 line_match = 1;
11890 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11891 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11892 sal.symtab->filename,
11893 sal_name_len))
11894 line_match = 1;
11895 }
11896
11897 if (pc_match || line_match)
11898 {
11899 match = 1;
11900 break;
11901 }
11902 }
11903 }
11904
11905 if (match)
11906 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11907 }
11908 }
11909
11910 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11911 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11912 {
11913 if (arg)
11914 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11915 else
11916 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11917 }
11918
11919 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11920 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11921 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11922 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11923 compare_breakpoints);
11924 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11925 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11926 {
11927 if (b == prev)
11928 {
11929 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11930 --ix;
11931 }
11932 }
11933
11934 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11935 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11936 if (from_tty)
11937 {
11938 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11939 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11940 else
11941 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11942 }
11943 breakpoints_changed ();
11944
11945 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11946 {
11947 if (from_tty)
11948 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11949 delete_breakpoint (b);
11950 }
11951 if (from_tty)
11952 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11953
11954 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11955 }
11956 \f
11957 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11958 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11959 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11960
11961 void
11962 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11963 {
11964 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11965
11966 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11967 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11968 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11969 && bs->stop)
11970 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11971
11972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11973 {
11974 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11975 delete_breakpoint (b);
11976 }
11977 }
11978
11979 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11980 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11981 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11982 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11983 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11984 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11985
11986 static int
11987 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11988 {
11989 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11990 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11991 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11992 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11993 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11994
11995 if (a->address != b->address)
11996 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11997
11998 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11999 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12000 grouped. */
12001
12002 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12003 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12004 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12005
12006 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12007 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12008 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12009
12010 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12011 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12012 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12013
12014 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12015 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12016 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12017
12018 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12019 }
12020
12021 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12022 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12023 content of the bp_location array. */
12024
12025 static void
12026 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12027 {
12028 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12029
12030 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12031 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12032
12033 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12034 {
12035 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12036
12037 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12038 continue;
12039
12040 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12041 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12042
12043 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12044 addr = bl->address - start;
12045 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12046 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12047
12048 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12049
12050 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12051 addr = end - bl->address;
12052 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12053 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12054 }
12055 }
12056
12057 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12058
12059 static void
12060 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12061 {
12062 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12063 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12064
12065 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12066 return;
12067
12068 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12069
12070 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12071 {
12072 struct tracepoint *t;
12073
12074 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
12075 continue;
12076
12077 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12078 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12079 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12080 continue;
12081
12082 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12083 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12084 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12085 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12086 continue;
12087
12088 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12089
12090 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12091
12092 bl->inserted = 1;
12093 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
12094 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
12095 }
12096
12097 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12098 }
12099
12100 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12101
12102 static void
12103 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12104 {
12105 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12106 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12107 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12108 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12109
12110 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12111 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12112 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12113 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12114 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12115
12116 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12117 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12118 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12119 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12120 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12121 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12122 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12123 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12124 }
12125
12126 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12127 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12128 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12129 the target. */
12130
12131 static void
12132 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12133 {
12134 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12135 struct bp_location *loc;
12136 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12137 int pspace_num;
12138
12139 address = bl->address;
12140 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12141
12142 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12143 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12144 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12145 side. */
12146 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12147 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12148 return;
12149
12150 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12151 the same program space as the location
12152 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12153 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12154 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12155 {
12156 loc = *loc2p;
12157
12158 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12159 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12160 continue;
12161
12162 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12163 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12164 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12165 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12166 that have already been marked. */
12167 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12168
12169 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12170 it later on. */
12171 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12172 {
12173 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12174 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12175 }
12176 }
12177 }
12178
12179 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12180 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12181 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12182 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12183 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12184 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12185 returns true on them.
12186
12187 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12188 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12189 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12190 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12191 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12192 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12193
12194 static void
12195 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12196 {
12197 struct breakpoint *b;
12198 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12199 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12200 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12201 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12202 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12203 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12204
12205 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12206 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12207 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12208 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12209 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12210 once. */
12211 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12212 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12213 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12214 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12215
12216 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12217 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12218 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12219 unsigned old_location_count;
12220
12221 old_location = bp_location;
12222 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12223 bp_location = NULL;
12224 bp_location_count = 0;
12225 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12226
12227 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12228 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12229 bp_location_count++;
12230
12231 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12232 locp = bp_location;
12233 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12234 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12235 *locp++ = loc;
12236 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12237 bp_location_compare);
12238
12239 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12240
12241 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12242 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12243 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12244 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12245 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12246 location.
12247
12248 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12249 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12250
12251 locp = bp_location;
12252 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12253 old_locp++)
12254 {
12255 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12256 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12257
12258 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12259 not, we have to free it. */
12260 int found_object = 0;
12261 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12262 int keep_in_target = 0;
12263 int removed = 0;
12264
12265 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12266 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12267 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12268 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12269 locp++;
12270
12271 for (loc2p = locp;
12272 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12273 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12274 loc2p++)
12275 {
12276 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12277 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12278 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12279 place there. */
12280 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12281 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12282 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12283 {
12284 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12285 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12286 }
12287
12288 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12289 found_object = 1;
12290 }
12291
12292 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12293 have to go through updates again. */
12294 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12295
12296 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12297 if (!found_object)
12298 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12299
12300 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12301 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12302 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12303 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12304 at certain location is not inserted. */
12305
12306 if (old_loc->inserted)
12307 {
12308 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12309 it. */
12310
12311 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12312 {
12313 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12314 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12315 keep_in_target = 1;
12316 }
12317 else
12318 {
12319 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12320 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12321 remove its target-side condition. */
12322
12323 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12324 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12325 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12326 this one from the target. */
12327
12328 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12329 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12330 {
12331 for (loc2p = locp;
12332 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12333 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12334 loc2p++)
12335 {
12336 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12337
12338 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12339 {
12340 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12341 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12342 supported, but the latter are. */
12343 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12344 {
12345 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12346 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12347 }
12348
12349 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12350 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12351 unduplicated. */
12352 if (loc2 != old_loc
12353 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12354 {
12355 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12356 keep_in_target = 1;
12357 break;
12358 }
12359 }
12360 }
12361 }
12362 }
12363
12364 if (!keep_in_target)
12365 {
12366 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12367 {
12368 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12369 this location on the global list, and try to
12370 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12371 reason why we will succeed next time.
12372
12373 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12374 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12375 only after calling us. */
12376 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12377 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12378 old_loc->owner->number);
12379 }
12380 removed = 1;
12381 }
12382 }
12383
12384 if (!found_object)
12385 {
12386 if (removed && non_stop
12387 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12388 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12389 {
12390 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12391 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12392 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12393 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12394 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12395 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12396 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12397 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12398 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12399 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12400 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12401 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12402 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12403 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12404 SIGTRAP.
12405
12406 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12407 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12408
12409 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12410 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12411 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12412 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12413 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12414 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12415 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12416 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12417 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12418 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12419 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12420 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12421 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12422 thread_count.
12423
12424 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12425 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12426 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12427 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12428
12429 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12430 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12431 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12432 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12433 traps we can no longer explain. */
12434
12435 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12436 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12437
12438 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12439 }
12440 else
12441 {
12442 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12443 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12444 }
12445 }
12446 }
12447
12448 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12449 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12450 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12451 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12452 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12453 are sorted first for the same address.
12454
12455 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12456 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12457
12458 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12459 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12460 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12461 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12462 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12463 {
12464 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12465 non-NULL. */
12466 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12467 b = loc->owner;
12468
12469 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12470 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12471 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12472 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12473 `struct bp_location'. */
12474 || is_tracepoint (b))
12475 {
12476 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12477 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12478 continue;
12479 }
12480
12481 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12482 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12483 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12484 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12485 "actually inserted"));
12486
12487 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12488 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12489 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12490 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12491 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12492 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12493 else
12494 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12495
12496 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12497 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12498 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12499 {
12500 *loc_first_p = loc;
12501 loc->duplicate = 0;
12502
12503 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12504 {
12505 loc->needs_update = 1;
12506 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12507 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12508 }
12509 continue;
12510 }
12511
12512
12513 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12514 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12515 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12516 if (loc->inserted)
12517 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12518 loc->duplicate = 1;
12519
12520 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12521 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12522
12523 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12524 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12525 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12526 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12527 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12528 }
12529
12530 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12531 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12532 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
12533 {
12534 if (should_insert)
12535 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12536 else
12537 {
12538 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12539 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12540 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12541 "needs_update". */
12542 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12543 }
12544 }
12545
12546 if (should_insert)
12547 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12548
12549 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12550 }
12551
12552 void
12553 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12554 {
12555 struct bp_location *loc;
12556 int ix;
12557
12558 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12559 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12560 {
12561 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12562 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12563 --ix;
12564 }
12565 }
12566
12567 static void
12568 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12569 {
12570 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12571
12572 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12573 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12574 }
12575
12576 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12577
12578 static void
12579 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12580 {
12581 bpstat bs;
12582
12583 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12584 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12585 {
12586 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12587 bs->old_val = NULL;
12588 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12589 }
12590 }
12591
12592 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12593 static int
12594 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12595 {
12596 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12597
12598 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12599 return 0;
12600 }
12601
12602 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12603 callbacks. */
12604
12605 static void
12606 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12607 {
12608 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12609 struct value_print_options opts;
12610
12611 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12612
12613 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12614 single string. */
12615 if (b->loc == NULL)
12616 {
12617 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12618 }
12619 else
12620 {
12621 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12622 {
12623 printf_filtered (" at ");
12624 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12625 gdb_stdout);
12626 }
12627 if (b->loc->source_file)
12628 {
12629 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12630 more nicely. */
12631 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12632 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12633 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12634 else
12635 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12636 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12637 real situation somewhat. */
12638 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12639 }
12640
12641 if (b->loc->next)
12642 {
12643 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12644 int n = 0;
12645 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12646 ++n;
12647 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12648 }
12649 }
12650 }
12651
12652 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12653
12654 static void
12655 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12656 {
12657 xfree (self->cond);
12658 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12659 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12660 xfree (self->function_name);
12661 xfree (self->source_file);
12662 }
12663
12664 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12665 {
12666 bp_location_dtor
12667 };
12668
12669 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12670 inherit from. */
12671
12672 static void
12673 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12674 {
12675 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12676 xfree (self->cond_string);
12677 xfree (self->addr_string);
12678 xfree (self->filter);
12679 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12680 }
12681
12682 static struct bp_location *
12683 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12684 {
12685 struct bp_location *loc;
12686
12687 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12688 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12689 return loc;
12690 }
12691
12692 static void
12693 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12694 {
12695 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12696 }
12697
12698 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12699 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12700
12701 static int
12702 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12703 {
12704 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12705 }
12706
12707 static int
12708 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12709 {
12710 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12711 }
12712
12713 static int
12714 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12715 struct address_space *aspace,
12716 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12717 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12718 {
12719 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12720 }
12721
12722 static void
12723 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12724 {
12725 /* Always stop. */
12726 }
12727
12728 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12729 errors. */
12730
12731 static int
12732 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12733 {
12734 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12735 }
12736
12737 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12738 errors. */
12739
12740 static int
12741 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12742 {
12743 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12744 }
12745
12746 static enum print_stop_action
12747 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12748 {
12749 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12750 }
12751
12752 static void
12753 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12754 struct ui_out *uiout)
12755 {
12756 /* nothing */
12757 }
12758
12759 static void
12760 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12761 {
12762 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12763 }
12764
12765 static void
12766 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12767 {
12768 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12769 }
12770
12771 static void
12772 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12773 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12774 enum bptype type_wanted,
12775 char *addr_start,
12776 char **copy_arg)
12777 {
12778 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12779 }
12780
12781 static void
12782 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12783 struct linespec_result *c,
12784 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12785 char *cond_string,
12786 char *extra_string,
12787 enum bptype type_wanted,
12788 enum bpdisp disposition,
12789 int thread,
12790 int task, int ignore_count,
12791 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12792 int from_tty, int enabled,
12793 int internal, unsigned flags)
12794 {
12795 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12796 }
12797
12798 static void
12799 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12800 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12801 {
12802 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12803 }
12804
12805 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12806 {
12807 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12808 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12809 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12810 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12811 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12812 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12813 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12814 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12815 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12816 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12817 NULL,
12818 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12819 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12820 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12821 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12822 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12823 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12824 };
12825
12826 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12827
12828 static void
12829 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12830 {
12831 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12832 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12833 {
12834 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12835 delete_breakpoint (b);
12836 return;
12837 }
12838
12839 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12840 }
12841
12842 static int
12843 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12844 {
12845 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12846 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12847 &bl->target_info);
12848 else
12849 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12850 &bl->target_info);
12851 }
12852
12853 static int
12854 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12855 {
12856 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12857 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12858 else
12859 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12860 }
12861
12862 static int
12863 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12864 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12865 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12866 {
12867 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12868
12869 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12870 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12871 return 0;
12872
12873 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12874 aspace, bp_addr))
12875 return 0;
12876
12877 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12878 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12879 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12880 return 0;
12881
12882 return 1;
12883 }
12884
12885 static int
12886 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12887 {
12888 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12889
12890 return 1;
12891 }
12892
12893 static enum print_stop_action
12894 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12895 {
12896 struct breakpoint *b;
12897 const struct bp_location *bl;
12898 int bp_temp;
12899 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12900
12901 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12902
12903 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12904 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12905
12906 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12907 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12908 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12909 bl->address,
12910 b->number, 1);
12911 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12912 if (bp_temp)
12913 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12914 else
12915 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12916 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12917 {
12918 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12919 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12920 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12921 }
12922 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12923 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12924
12925 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12926 }
12927
12928 static void
12929 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12930 {
12931 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12932 return;
12933
12934 switch (b->type)
12935 {
12936 case bp_breakpoint:
12937 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12938 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12939 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12940 else
12941 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12942 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12943 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12944 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12945 break;
12946 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12947 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12948 break;
12949 case bp_dprintf:
12950 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12951 break;
12952 }
12953
12954 say_where (b);
12955 }
12956
12957 static void
12958 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12959 {
12960 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12961 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12962 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12963 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12964 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12965 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12966 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12967 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12968 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12969 else
12970 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12971 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12972
12973 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12974 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12975 }
12976
12977 static void
12978 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12979 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12980 enum bptype type_wanted,
12981 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12982 {
12983 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12984 addr_start, copy_arg);
12985 }
12986
12987 static void
12988 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12989 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12990 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12991 char *cond_string,
12992 char *extra_string,
12993 enum bptype type_wanted,
12994 enum bpdisp disposition,
12995 int thread,
12996 int task, int ignore_count,
12997 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12998 int from_tty, int enabled,
12999 int internal, unsigned flags)
13000 {
13001 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13002 cond_string, extra_string,
13003 type_wanted,
13004 disposition, thread, task,
13005 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13006 enabled, internal, flags);
13007 }
13008
13009 static void
13010 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13011 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13012 {
13013 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13014 }
13015
13016 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13017
13018 static void
13019 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13020 {
13021 switch (b->type)
13022 {
13023 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13024 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13025 case bp_overlay_event:
13026 case bp_longjmp_master:
13027 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13028 case bp_exception_master:
13029 delete_breakpoint (b);
13030 break;
13031
13032 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13033 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13034 case bp_shlib_event:
13035
13036 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13037 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13038 case bp_thread_event:
13039 break;
13040 }
13041 }
13042
13043 static void
13044 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13045 {
13046 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13047 {
13048 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13049 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13050 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13051 objects (among other things). */
13052 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13053 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13054 }
13055 else
13056 bs->stop = 0;
13057 }
13058
13059 static enum print_stop_action
13060 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13061 {
13062 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13063 struct breakpoint *b;
13064
13065 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13066
13067 switch (b->type)
13068 {
13069 case bp_shlib_event:
13070 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13071 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13072 to shlib event" message.) */
13073 print_solib_event (0);
13074 break;
13075
13076 case bp_thread_event:
13077 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13078 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13079 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13080 break;
13081
13082 case bp_overlay_event:
13083 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13084 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13085 break;
13086
13087 case bp_longjmp_master:
13088 /* These should never be enabled. */
13089 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13090 break;
13091
13092 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13093 /* These should never be enabled. */
13094 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13095 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13096 break;
13097
13098 case bp_exception_master:
13099 /* These should never be enabled. */
13100 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13101 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13102 break;
13103 }
13104
13105 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13106 }
13107
13108 static void
13109 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13110 {
13111 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13112 }
13113
13114 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13115
13116 static void
13117 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13118 {
13119 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13120 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13121 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13122 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13123 }
13124
13125 static void
13126 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13127 {
13128 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13129 }
13130
13131 static enum print_stop_action
13132 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13133 {
13134 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13135
13136 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13137 {
13138 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13139
13140 switch (b->type)
13141 {
13142 case bp_finish:
13143 ui_out_field_string
13144 (uiout, "reason",
13145 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13146 break;
13147
13148 case bp_until:
13149 ui_out_field_string
13150 (uiout, "reason",
13151 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13152 break;
13153 }
13154 }
13155
13156 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13157 }
13158
13159 static void
13160 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13161 {
13162 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13163 }
13164
13165 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13166
13167 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13168 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13169
13170 static void
13171 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13172 {
13173 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13174
13175 if (tp)
13176 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13177
13178 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13179 }
13180
13181 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13182
13183 static int
13184 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13185 {
13186 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13187
13188 if (v == 0)
13189 {
13190 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13191 if needed. */
13192 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13193 }
13194
13195 return v;
13196 }
13197
13198 static int
13199 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13200 {
13201 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13202 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13203
13204 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13205 }
13206
13207 static void
13208 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13209 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13210 enum bptype type_wanted,
13211 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13212 {
13213 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13214
13215 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13216
13217 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13218 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13219
13220 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13221 }
13222
13223 static void
13224 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13225 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13226 {
13227 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13228 if (!sals->sals)
13229 error (_("probe not found"));
13230 }
13231
13232 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13233
13234 static void
13235 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13236 {
13237 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13238 }
13239
13240 static int
13241 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13242 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13243 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13244 {
13245 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13246 tracepoints. */
13247 return 0;
13248 }
13249
13250 static void
13251 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13252 struct ui_out *uiout)
13253 {
13254 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13255 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13256 {
13257 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13258
13259 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13260 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13261 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13262 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13263 }
13264 }
13265
13266 static void
13267 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13268 {
13269 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13270 return;
13271
13272 switch (b->type)
13273 {
13274 case bp_tracepoint:
13275 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13276 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13277 break;
13278 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13279 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13280 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13281 break;
13282 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13283 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13284 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13285 break;
13286 default:
13287 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13288 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13289 }
13290
13291 say_where (b);
13292 }
13293
13294 static void
13295 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13296 {
13297 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13298
13299 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13300 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13301 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13303 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13304 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13305 else
13306 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13307 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13308
13309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13310 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13311
13312 if (tp->pass_count)
13313 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13314 }
13315
13316 static void
13317 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13318 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13319 enum bptype type_wanted,
13320 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13321 {
13322 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13323 addr_start, copy_arg);
13324 }
13325
13326 static void
13327 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13328 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13329 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13330 char *cond_string,
13331 char *extra_string,
13332 enum bptype type_wanted,
13333 enum bpdisp disposition,
13334 int thread,
13335 int task, int ignore_count,
13336 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13337 int from_tty, int enabled,
13338 int internal, unsigned flags)
13339 {
13340 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13341 cond_string, extra_string,
13342 type_wanted,
13343 disposition, thread, task,
13344 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13345 enabled, internal, flags);
13346 }
13347
13348 static void
13349 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13350 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13351 {
13352 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13353 }
13354
13355 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13356
13357 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13358 static probe. */
13359
13360 static void
13361 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13362 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13363 enum bptype type_wanted,
13364 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13365 {
13366 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13367 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13368 addr_start, copy_arg);
13369 }
13370
13371 static void
13372 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13373 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13374 {
13375 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13376 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13377 }
13378
13379 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13380
13381 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13382 markers (`-m'). */
13383
13384 static void
13385 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13386 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13387 enum bptype type_wanted,
13388 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13389 {
13390 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13391
13392 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13393
13394 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13395
13396 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13397 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13398 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13399 }
13400
13401 static void
13402 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13403 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13404 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13405 char *cond_string,
13406 char *extra_string,
13407 enum bptype type_wanted,
13408 enum bpdisp disposition,
13409 int thread,
13410 int task, int ignore_count,
13411 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13412 int from_tty, int enabled,
13413 int internal, unsigned flags)
13414 {
13415 int i;
13416
13417 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13418 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13419 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13420 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13421 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13422 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13423
13424 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13425 {
13426 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13427 struct tracepoint *tp;
13428 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13429 char *addr_string;
13430
13431 expanded.nelts = 1;
13432 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13433
13434 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13435 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13436
13437 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13438 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13439 addr_string, NULL,
13440 cond_string, extra_string,
13441 type_wanted, disposition,
13442 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13443 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13444 canonical->special_display);
13445 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13446 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13447 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13448 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13449 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13450 corresponds to this one */
13451 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13452
13453 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13454
13455 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13456 }
13457 }
13458
13459 static void
13460 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13461 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13462 {
13463 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13464
13465 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13466 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13467 {
13468 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13469 sals->nelts = 1;
13470 }
13471 else
13472 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13473 }
13474
13475 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13476
13477 static int
13478 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13479 {
13480 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13481 }
13482
13483 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13484 structures. */
13485
13486 void
13487 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13488 {
13489 struct breakpoint *b;
13490
13491 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13492
13493 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13494 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13495 especial culprits.
13496
13497 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13498 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13499 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13500 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13501 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13502 deleted.
13503
13504 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13505 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13506 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13507 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13508 was chosen. */
13509 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13510 return;
13511
13512 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13513 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13514 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13515 {
13516 struct breakpoint *related;
13517 struct watchpoint *w;
13518
13519 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13520 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13521 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13522 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13523 else
13524 w = NULL;
13525 if (w != NULL)
13526 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13527
13528 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13529 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13530 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13531 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13532 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13533 }
13534
13535 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13536 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13537 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13538 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13539 if (bpt->number)
13540 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13541
13542 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13543 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13544
13545 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13546 if (b->next == bpt)
13547 {
13548 b->next = bpt->next;
13549 break;
13550 }
13551
13552 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13553 been freed. */
13554 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13555 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13556 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13557 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13558 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13559 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13560 commands won't work. */
13561
13562 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13563
13564 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13565 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13566 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13567 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13568 might be better design to have location completely
13569 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13570 update_global_location_list (0);
13571
13572 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13573 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13574 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13575 bpt->type = bp_none;
13576 xfree (bpt);
13577 }
13578
13579 static void
13580 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13581 {
13582 delete_breakpoint (b);
13583 }
13584
13585 struct cleanup *
13586 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13587 {
13588 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13589 }
13590
13591 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13592 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13593
13594 static void
13595 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13596 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13597 void *),
13598 void *data)
13599 {
13600 struct breakpoint *related;
13601
13602 related = b;
13603 do
13604 {
13605 struct breakpoint *next;
13606
13607 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13608 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13609
13610 if (next == related)
13611 {
13612 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13613 function (related, data);
13614
13615 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13616 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13617 out. */
13618 break;
13619 }
13620 else
13621 function (related, data);
13622
13623 related = next;
13624 }
13625 while (related != b);
13626 }
13627
13628 static void
13629 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13630 {
13631 delete_breakpoint (b);
13632 }
13633
13634 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13635 delete_breakpoint. */
13636
13637 static void
13638 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13639 {
13640 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13641 }
13642
13643 void
13644 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13645 {
13646 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13647
13648 dont_repeat ();
13649
13650 if (arg == 0)
13651 {
13652 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13653
13654 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13655 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13656 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13657 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13658 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13659 {
13660 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13661 break;
13662 }
13663
13664 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13665 if (!from_tty
13666 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13667 {
13668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13669 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13670 delete_breakpoint (b);
13671 }
13672 }
13673 else
13674 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13675 }
13676
13677 static int
13678 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13679 {
13680 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13681 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13682 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13683 return 0;
13684 return 1;
13685 }
13686
13687 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13688 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13689 Null names are ignored. */
13690
13691 static int
13692 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13693 {
13694 struct bp_location *l;
13695 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13696 (int (*) (const void *,
13697 const void *)) streq,
13698 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13699
13700 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13701 {
13702 const char **slot;
13703 const char *name = l->function_name;
13704
13705 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13706 if (name == NULL)
13707 continue;
13708
13709 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13710 INSERT);
13711 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13712 returns NULL. */
13713 if (*slot != NULL)
13714 {
13715 htab_delete (htab);
13716 return 1;
13717 }
13718 *slot = name;
13719 }
13720
13721 htab_delete (htab);
13722 return 0;
13723 }
13724
13725 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13726 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13727 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13728 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13729 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13730 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13731 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13732 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13733 The heuristic is:
13734
13735 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13736 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13737 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13738 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13739 in the sources, and output a warning.
13740
13741 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13742 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13743 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13744 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13745 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13746 warning.
13747
13748 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13749 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13750 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13751 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13752 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13753 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13754 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13755 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13756 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13757
13758 static struct symtab_and_line
13759 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13760 {
13761 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13762 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13763 CORE_ADDR pc;
13764
13765 pc = sal.pc;
13766 if (sal.line)
13767 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13768
13769 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13770 {
13771 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13772 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13773 b->number,
13774 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13775
13776 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13777 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13778 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13779
13780 return sal;
13781 }
13782
13783 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13784 by string ID. */
13785 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13786 && sal.line != 0
13787 && sal.symtab != NULL
13788 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13789 {
13790 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13791
13792 markers
13793 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13794
13795 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13796 {
13797 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13798 struct symbol *sym;
13799 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13800 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13801
13802 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13803
13804 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13805 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13806
13807 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13808 "found at previous line number"),
13809 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13810
13811 init_sal (&sal2);
13812
13813 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13814
13815 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13816 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13817 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13818 if (sym)
13819 {
13820 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13821 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13822 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13823 }
13824 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13825 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13826
13827 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13828 {
13829 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13830
13831 if (fullname)
13832 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13833 }
13834
13835 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13836 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13837
13838 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13839
13840 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13841 if (sym)
13842 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13843 else
13844 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13845
13846 xfree (b->addr_string);
13847 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13848 sal2.symtab->filename,
13849 b->loc->line_number);
13850
13851 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13852 so. */
13853
13854 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13855 }
13856 }
13857 return sal;
13858 }
13859
13860 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13861 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13862
13863 static int
13864 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13865 {
13866 while (a && b)
13867 {
13868 if (a->address != b->address)
13869 return 0;
13870
13871 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13872 return 0;
13873
13874 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13875 return 0;
13876
13877 a = a->next;
13878 b = b->next;
13879 }
13880
13881 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13882 return 0;
13883
13884 return 1;
13885 }
13886
13887 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13888 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13889 a ranged breakpoint. */
13890
13891 void
13892 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13893 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13894 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13895 {
13896 int i;
13897 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13898
13899 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13900 {
13901 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13902 location. */
13903 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13904 update_global_location_list (1);
13905 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13906 "multiple locations found\n"),
13907 b->number);
13908 return;
13909 }
13910
13911 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13912 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13913 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13914 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13915 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13916 individual locations. */
13917 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13918 return;
13919
13920 b->loc = NULL;
13921
13922 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13923 {
13924 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13925
13926 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13927
13928 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13929
13930 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13931 old symtab. */
13932 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13933 {
13934 char *s;
13935 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13936
13937 s = b->cond_string;
13938 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13939 {
13940 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13941 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13942 0);
13943 }
13944 if (e.reason < 0)
13945 {
13946 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13947 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13948 b->number, e.message);
13949 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13950 }
13951 }
13952
13953 if (sals_end.nelts)
13954 {
13955 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13956
13957 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13958 }
13959 }
13960
13961 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13962 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13963 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13964
13965 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13966 breakpoints. */
13967 {
13968 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13969 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13970 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13971 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13972 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13973 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13974 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13975
13976 for (; e; e = e->next)
13977 {
13978 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13979 {
13980 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13981 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13982 {
13983 for (; l; l = l->next)
13984 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13985 {
13986 l->enabled = 0;
13987 break;
13988 }
13989 }
13990 else
13991 {
13992 for (; l; l = l->next)
13993 if (l->function_name
13994 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13995 {
13996 l->enabled = 0;
13997 break;
13998 }
13999 }
14000 }
14001 }
14002 }
14003
14004 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14005 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14006
14007 update_global_location_list (1);
14008 }
14009
14010 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14011 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14012
14013 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14014 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14015 {
14016 char *s;
14017 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14018 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14019
14020 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14021 s = addr_string;
14022
14023 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14024 {
14025 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14026 }
14027 if (e.reason < 0)
14028 {
14029 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14030 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14031 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14032 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14033 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14034 state, then user already saw the message about that
14035 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14036 errors. */
14037 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14038 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14039 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14040 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14041 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14042 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14043
14044 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14045 {
14046 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14047 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14048 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14049 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14050 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14051 which approach is better. */
14052 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14053 throw_exception (e);
14054 }
14055 }
14056
14057 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14058 {
14059 int i;
14060
14061 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14062 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14063 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14064 {
14065 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14066 int thread, task;
14067
14068 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14069 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14070 &extra_string);
14071 if (cond_string)
14072 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14073 b->thread = thread;
14074 b->task = task;
14075 if (extra_string)
14076 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14077 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14078 }
14079
14080 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14081 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14082
14083 *found = 1;
14084 }
14085 else
14086 *found = 0;
14087
14088 return sals;
14089 }
14090
14091 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14092 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14093 locations. */
14094
14095 static void
14096 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14097 {
14098 int found;
14099 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14100 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14101 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14102
14103 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14104 if (found)
14105 {
14106 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14107 expanded = sals;
14108 }
14109
14110 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14111 {
14112 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14113 if (found)
14114 {
14115 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14116 expanded_end = sals_end;
14117 }
14118 }
14119
14120 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14121 }
14122
14123 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14124 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14125
14126 static void
14127 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14128 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14129 enum bptype type_wanted,
14130 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14131 {
14132 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14133 }
14134
14135 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14136 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14137 breakpoint_ops. */
14138
14139 static void
14140 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14141 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14142 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14143 char *cond_string,
14144 char *extra_string,
14145 enum bptype type_wanted,
14146 enum bpdisp disposition,
14147 int thread,
14148 int task, int ignore_count,
14149 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14150 int from_tty, int enabled,
14151 int internal, unsigned flags)
14152 {
14153 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14154 extra_string,
14155 type_wanted, disposition,
14156 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14157 enabled, internal, flags);
14158 }
14159
14160 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14161 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14162
14163 static void
14164 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14165 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14166 {
14167 struct linespec_result canonical;
14168
14169 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14170 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14171 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14172 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14173 b->filter);
14174
14175 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14176 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14177
14178 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14179 {
14180 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14181
14182 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14183 *sals = lsal->sals;
14184 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14185 contents. */
14186 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14187 }
14188
14189 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14190 }
14191
14192 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14193
14194 static struct cleanup *
14195 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14196 {
14197 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14198
14199 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14200 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14201 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14202 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14203 set_language (b->language);
14204
14205 return cleanups;
14206 }
14207
14208 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14209 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14210 Unused in this case. */
14211
14212 static int
14213 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14214 {
14215 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14216 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14217 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14218
14219 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14220 b->ops->re_set (b);
14221 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14222 return 0;
14223 }
14224
14225 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14226 void
14227 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14228 {
14229 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14230 enum language save_language;
14231 int save_input_radix;
14232 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14233
14234 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14235 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14236 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14237
14238 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14239 {
14240 /* Format possible error msg. */
14241 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14242 b->number);
14243 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14244 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14245 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14246 }
14247 set_language (save_language);
14248 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14249
14250 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14251
14252 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14253
14254 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14255 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14256 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14257 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14258
14259 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
14260 skip_re_set ();
14261 }
14262 \f
14263 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14264
14265 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14266 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14267 void
14268 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14269 {
14270 if (b->thread != -1)
14271 {
14272 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14273 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14274
14275 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14276 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14277 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14278 as well. */
14279 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14280 }
14281 }
14282
14283 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14284 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14285 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14286
14287 void
14288 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14289 {
14290 struct breakpoint *b;
14291
14292 if (count < 0)
14293 count = 0;
14294
14295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14296 if (b->number == bptnum)
14297 {
14298 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14299 {
14300 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14301 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14302 bptnum);
14303 return;
14304 }
14305
14306 b->ignore_count = count;
14307 if (from_tty)
14308 {
14309 if (count == 0)
14310 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14311 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14312 bptnum);
14313 else if (count == 1)
14314 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14315 bptnum);
14316 else
14317 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14318 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14319 count, bptnum);
14320 }
14321 breakpoints_changed ();
14322 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14323 return;
14324 }
14325
14326 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14327 }
14328
14329 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14330
14331 static void
14332 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14333 {
14334 char *p = args;
14335 int num;
14336
14337 if (p == 0)
14338 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14339
14340 num = get_number (&p);
14341 if (num == 0)
14342 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14343 if (*p == 0)
14344 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14345
14346 set_ignore_count (num,
14347 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14348 from_tty);
14349 if (from_tty)
14350 printf_filtered ("\n");
14351 }
14352 \f
14353 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14354 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14355
14356 static void
14357 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14358 void *),
14359 void *data)
14360 {
14361 int num;
14362 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14363 int match;
14364 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14365
14366 if (args == 0)
14367 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14368
14369 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14370
14371 while (!state.finished)
14372 {
14373 char *p = state.string;
14374
14375 match = 0;
14376
14377 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14378 if (num == 0)
14379 {
14380 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14381 }
14382 else
14383 {
14384 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14385 if (b->number == num)
14386 {
14387 match = 1;
14388 function (b, data);
14389 break;
14390 }
14391 if (match == 0)
14392 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14393 }
14394 }
14395 }
14396
14397 static struct bp_location *
14398 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14399 {
14400 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14401 char *p1;
14402 int bp_num;
14403 int loc_num;
14404 struct breakpoint *b;
14405 struct bp_location *loc;
14406
14407 *dot = '\0';
14408
14409 p1 = number;
14410 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14411 if (bp_num == 0)
14412 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14413
14414 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14415 if (b->number == bp_num)
14416 {
14417 break;
14418 }
14419
14420 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14421 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14422
14423 p1 = dot+1;
14424 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14425 if (loc_num == 0)
14426 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14427
14428 --loc_num;
14429 loc = b->loc;
14430 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14431 ;
14432 if (!loc)
14433 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14434
14435 return loc;
14436 }
14437
14438
14439 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14440 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14441 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14442
14443 void
14444 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14445 {
14446 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14447 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14448 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14449 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14450 return;
14451
14452 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14453 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14454 return;
14455
14456 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14457
14458 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14459 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14460
14461 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14462 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14463 {
14464 struct bp_location *location;
14465
14466 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14467 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14468 }
14469
14470 update_global_location_list (0);
14471
14472 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14473 }
14474
14475 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14476
14477 static void
14478 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14479 {
14480 disable_breakpoint (b);
14481 }
14482
14483 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14484 disable_breakpoint. */
14485
14486 static void
14487 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14488 {
14489 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14490 }
14491
14492 static void
14493 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14494 {
14495 if (args == 0)
14496 {
14497 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14498
14499 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14500 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14501 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14502 }
14503 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14504 {
14505 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14506 if (loc)
14507 {
14508 if (loc->enabled)
14509 {
14510 loc->enabled = 0;
14511 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14512 }
14513 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14514 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14515 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14516 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14517 }
14518 update_global_location_list (0);
14519 }
14520 else
14521 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14522 }
14523
14524 static void
14525 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14526 int count)
14527 {
14528 int target_resources_ok;
14529
14530 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14531 {
14532 int i;
14533 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14534 target_resources_ok =
14535 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14536 i + 1, 0);
14537 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14538 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14539 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14540 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14541 }
14542
14543 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14544 {
14545 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14546 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14547 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14548
14549 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14550 {
14551 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14552
14553 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14554 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14555 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14556 }
14557 if (e.reason < 0)
14558 {
14559 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14560 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14561 bpt->number);
14562 return;
14563 }
14564 }
14565
14566 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14567 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14568
14569 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14570
14571 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14572 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14573
14574 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14575 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14576 {
14577 struct bp_location *location;
14578
14579 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14580 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14581 }
14582
14583 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14584 bpt->enable_count = count;
14585 update_global_location_list (1);
14586 breakpoints_changed ();
14587
14588 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14589 }
14590
14591
14592 void
14593 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14594 {
14595 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14596 }
14597
14598 static void
14599 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14600 {
14601 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14602 }
14603
14604 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14605 enable_breakpoint. */
14606
14607 static void
14608 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14609 {
14610 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14611 }
14612
14613 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14614 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14615 in stopping the inferior. */
14616
14617 static void
14618 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14619 {
14620 if (args == 0)
14621 {
14622 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14623
14624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14625 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14626 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14627 }
14628 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14629 {
14630 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14631 if (loc)
14632 {
14633 if (!loc->enabled)
14634 {
14635 loc->enabled = 1;
14636 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14637 }
14638 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14639 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14640 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14641 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14642 }
14643 update_global_location_list (1);
14644 }
14645 else
14646 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14647 }
14648
14649 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14650 breakpoints. */
14651
14652 struct disp_data
14653 {
14654 enum bpdisp disp;
14655 int count;
14656 };
14657
14658 static void
14659 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14660 {
14661 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14662
14663 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14664 }
14665
14666 static void
14667 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14668 {
14669 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14670
14671 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14672 }
14673
14674 static void
14675 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14676 {
14677 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14678 }
14679
14680 static void
14681 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14682 {
14683 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14684
14685 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14686 }
14687
14688 static void
14689 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14690 {
14691 int count = get_number (&args);
14692
14693 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14694 }
14695
14696 static void
14697 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14698 {
14699 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14700
14701 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14702 }
14703
14704 static void
14705 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14706 {
14707 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14708 }
14709 \f
14710 static void
14711 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14712 {
14713 }
14714
14715 static void
14716 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14717 {
14718 }
14719
14720 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14721 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14722 GDB itself. */
14723
14724 static void
14725 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14726 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14727 const bfd_byte *data)
14728 {
14729 struct breakpoint *bp;
14730
14731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14732 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14733 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14734 {
14735 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14736
14737 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14738 {
14739 struct bp_location *loc;
14740
14741 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14742 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14743 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14744 && addr + len > loc->address)
14745 {
14746 value_free (wp->val);
14747 wp->val = NULL;
14748 wp->val_valid = 0;
14749 }
14750 }
14751 }
14752 }
14753
14754 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14755 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14756 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14757 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14758 someday. */
14759
14760 void *
14761 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14762 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14763 {
14764 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14765
14766 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14767
14768 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14769 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14770
14771 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14772 {
14773 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14774 xfree (bp_tgt);
14775 return NULL;
14776 }
14777
14778 return bp_tgt;
14779 }
14780
14781 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14782 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14783
14784 int
14785 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14786 {
14787 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14788 int ret;
14789
14790 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14791 xfree (bp_tgt);
14792
14793 return ret;
14794 }
14795
14796 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14797 stepping. */
14798
14799 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14800 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14801
14802 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14803
14804 void
14805 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14806 struct address_space *aspace,
14807 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14808 {
14809 void **bpt_p;
14810
14811 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14812 {
14813 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14814 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14815 }
14816 else
14817 {
14818 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14819 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14820 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14821 }
14822
14823 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14824 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14825 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14826 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14827 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14828 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14829
14830 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14831 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14832 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14833 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14834 }
14835
14836 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14837 were inserted or not. */
14838
14839 int
14840 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14841 {
14842 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14843 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14844 }
14845
14846 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14847
14848 void
14849 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14850 {
14851 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14852
14853 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14854 call. */
14855 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14856 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14857 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14858 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14859
14860 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14861 {
14862 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14863 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14864 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14865 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14866 }
14867 }
14868
14869 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14870 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14871 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14872 exec. */
14873
14874 void
14875 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14876 {
14877 int i;
14878
14879 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14880 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14881 {
14882 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14883 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14884 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14885 }
14886 }
14887
14888 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14889 removing them. */
14890
14891 static void
14892 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14893 {
14894 int i;
14895
14896 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14897 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14898 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14899 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14900 }
14901
14902 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14903 PC. */
14904
14905 static int
14906 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14907 CORE_ADDR pc)
14908 {
14909 int i;
14910
14911 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14912 {
14913 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14914 if (bp_tgt
14915 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14916 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14917 aspace, pc))
14918 return 1;
14919 }
14920
14921 return 0;
14922 }
14923
14924 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14925 non-zero otherwise. */
14926 static int
14927 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14928 {
14929 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14930 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14931 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14932 return 1;
14933 else
14934 return 0;
14935 }
14936
14937 int
14938 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14939 {
14940 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14941 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14942
14943 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14944 }
14945
14946 int
14947 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14948 {
14949 struct breakpoint *bp;
14950
14951 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14952 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14953 {
14954 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14955
14956 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14957 {
14958 int i, iter;
14959 for (i = 0;
14960 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14961 i++)
14962 if (syscall_number == iter)
14963 return 1;
14964 }
14965 else
14966 return 1;
14967 }
14968
14969 return 0;
14970 }
14971
14972 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14973 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14974 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14975 char *text, char *word)
14976 {
14977 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14978 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
14979 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
14980
14981 xfree (list);
14982 return retlist;
14983 }
14984
14985 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14986
14987 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14988 static void
14989 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14990 {
14991 tracepoint_count = num;
14992 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14993 }
14994
14995 static void
14996 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14997 {
14998 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14999 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15000
15001 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15002 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15003 else
15004 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15005
15006 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15007 arg,
15008 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15009 0 /* tempflag */,
15010 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15011 0 /* Ignore count */,
15012 pending_break_support,
15013 ops,
15014 from_tty,
15015 1 /* enabled */,
15016 0 /* internal */, 0);
15017 }
15018
15019 static void
15020 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15021 {
15022 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15023 arg,
15024 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15025 0 /* tempflag */,
15026 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15027 0 /* Ignore count */,
15028 pending_break_support,
15029 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15030 from_tty,
15031 1 /* enabled */,
15032 0 /* internal */, 0);
15033 }
15034
15035 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15036
15037 static void
15038 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15039 {
15040 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15041
15042 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15043 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15044 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15045 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15046 else
15047 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15048
15049 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15050 arg,
15051 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15052 0 /* tempflag */,
15053 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15054 0 /* Ignore count */,
15055 pending_break_support,
15056 ops,
15057 from_tty,
15058 1 /* enabled */,
15059 0 /* internal */, 0);
15060 }
15061
15062 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15063 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15064
15065 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15066 static int next_cmd;
15067
15068 static char *
15069 read_uploaded_action (void)
15070 {
15071 char *rslt;
15072
15073 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15074
15075 next_cmd++;
15076
15077 return rslt;
15078 }
15079
15080 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15081 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15082 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15083 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15084 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15085
15086 struct tracepoint *
15087 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15088 {
15089 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15090 struct tracepoint *tp;
15091
15092 if (utp->at_string)
15093 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15094 else
15095 {
15096 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15097 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15098 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15099 user. */
15100 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15101 "source location, using raw address"),
15102 utp->number);
15103 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15104 addr_str = small_buf;
15105 }
15106
15107 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15108 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15109 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15110 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15111 utp->number);
15112
15113 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15114 addr_str,
15115 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15116 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15117 0 /* tempflag */,
15118 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15119 0 /* Ignore count */,
15120 pending_break_support,
15121 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15122 0 /* from_tty */,
15123 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15124 0 /* internal */,
15125 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15126 return NULL;
15127
15128 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15129 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15130 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15131
15132 if (utp->pass > 0)
15133 {
15134 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
15135
15136 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15137 }
15138
15139 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15140 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15141 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15142 function. */
15143 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15144 {
15145 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15146
15147 this_utp = utp;
15148 next_cmd = 0;
15149
15150 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15151
15152 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15153 }
15154 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15155 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15156 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15157 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15158 utp->number);
15159
15160 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15161 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15162 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15163
15164 return tp;
15165 }
15166
15167 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15168 omitted. */
15169
15170 static void
15171 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15172 {
15173 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15174 int num_printed;
15175
15176 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15177
15178 if (num_printed == 0)
15179 {
15180 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15181 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15182 else
15183 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15184 }
15185
15186 default_collect_info ();
15187 }
15188
15189 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15190 Not supported by all targets. */
15191 static void
15192 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15193 {
15194 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15195 }
15196
15197 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15198 Not supported by all targets. */
15199 static void
15200 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15201 {
15202 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15203 }
15204
15205 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15206 static void
15207 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15208 {
15209 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15210
15211 dont_repeat ();
15212
15213 if (arg == 0)
15214 {
15215 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15216
15217 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15218 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15219 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15220 argument. */
15221 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15222 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15223 {
15224 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15225 break;
15226 }
15227
15228 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15229 if (!from_tty
15230 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15231 {
15232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15233 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15234 delete_breakpoint (b);
15235 }
15236 }
15237 else
15238 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15239 }
15240
15241 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15242
15243 static void
15244 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15245 {
15246 tp->pass_count = count;
15247 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15248 if (from_tty)
15249 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15250 tp->base.number, count);
15251 }
15252
15253 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15254
15255 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15256 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15257 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15258
15259 static void
15260 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15261 {
15262 struct tracepoint *t1;
15263 unsigned int count;
15264
15265 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15266 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15267 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15268
15269 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15270
15271 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15272 args++;
15273
15274 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15275 {
15276 struct breakpoint *b;
15277
15278 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15279 if (*args)
15280 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15281
15282 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15283 {
15284 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15285 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15286 }
15287 }
15288 else if (*args == '\0')
15289 {
15290 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15291 if (t1)
15292 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15293 }
15294 else
15295 {
15296 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15297
15298 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15299 while (!state.finished)
15300 {
15301 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15302 if (t1)
15303 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15304 }
15305 }
15306 }
15307
15308 struct tracepoint *
15309 get_tracepoint (int num)
15310 {
15311 struct breakpoint *t;
15312
15313 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15314 if (t->number == num)
15315 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15316
15317 return NULL;
15318 }
15319
15320 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15321 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15322 reconnecting). */
15323
15324 struct tracepoint *
15325 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15326 {
15327 struct breakpoint *b;
15328
15329 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15330 {
15331 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15332
15333 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15334 return t;
15335 }
15336
15337 return NULL;
15338 }
15339
15340 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15341 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15342 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15343 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15344 struct tracepoint *
15345 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15346 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15347 int optional_p)
15348 {
15349 struct breakpoint *t;
15350 int tpnum;
15351 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15352
15353 if (state)
15354 {
15355 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15356 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15357 }
15358 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15359 {
15360 if (optional_p)
15361 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15362 else
15363 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15364 }
15365 else
15366 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15367
15368 if (tpnum <= 0)
15369 {
15370 if (instring && *instring)
15371 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15372 instring);
15373 else
15374 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15375 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15376 return NULL;
15377 }
15378
15379 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15380 if (t->number == tpnum)
15381 {
15382 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15383 }
15384
15385 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15386 return NULL;
15387 }
15388
15389 void
15390 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15391 {
15392 if (b->thread != -1)
15393 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15394
15395 if (b->task != 0)
15396 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15397
15398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15399 }
15400
15401 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15402 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15403 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15404 non-zero. */
15405
15406 static void
15407 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15408 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15409 {
15410 struct breakpoint *tp;
15411 int any = 0;
15412 char *pathname;
15413 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15414 struct ui_file *fp;
15415 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15416
15417 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15418 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15419
15420 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15421 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15422 {
15423 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15424 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15425 continue;
15426
15427 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15428 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15429 continue;
15430
15431 any = 1;
15432
15433 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15434 {
15435 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15436
15437 /* We can stop searching. */
15438 break;
15439 }
15440 }
15441
15442 if (!any)
15443 {
15444 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15445 return;
15446 }
15447
15448 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15449 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15450 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15451 if (!fp)
15452 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15453 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15454 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15455
15456 if (extra_trace_bits)
15457 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15458
15459 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15460 {
15461 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15462 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15463 continue;
15464
15465 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15466 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15467 continue;
15468
15469 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15470
15471 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15472 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15473 instead. */
15474
15475 if (tp->cond_string)
15476 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15477
15478 if (tp->ignore_count)
15479 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15480
15481 if (tp->commands)
15482 {
15483 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15484
15485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15486
15487 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15488 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15489 {
15490 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15491 }
15492 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15493
15494 if (ex.reason < 0)
15495 throw_exception (ex);
15496
15497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15498 }
15499
15500 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15501 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15502
15503 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15504 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15505 special, and not user visible. */
15506 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15507 {
15508 struct bp_location *loc;
15509 int n = 1;
15510
15511 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15512 if (!loc->enabled)
15513 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15514 }
15515 }
15516
15517 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15518 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15519
15520 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15521 if (from_tty)
15522 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15523 }
15524
15525 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15526
15527 static void
15528 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15529 {
15530 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15531 }
15532
15533 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15534
15535 static void
15536 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15537 {
15538 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15539 }
15540
15541 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15542
15543 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15544 all_tracepoints (void)
15545 {
15546 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15547 struct breakpoint *tp;
15548
15549 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15550 {
15551 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15552 }
15553
15554 return tp_vec;
15555 }
15556
15557 \f
15558 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15559 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15560 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15561 command. */
15562 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15563 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15564 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15565 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15566 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15567 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15568 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15569 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15570 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15571 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15572 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15573 \n\
15574 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15575 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15576 \n\
15577 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15578 conditions are different.\n\
15579 \n\
15580 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15581
15582 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15583 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15584
15585 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15586 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15587
15588 void
15589 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15590 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15591 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15592 completer_ftype *completer,
15593 void *user_data_catch,
15594 void *user_data_tcatch)
15595 {
15596 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15597
15598 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15599 &catch_cmdlist);
15600 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15601 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15602 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15603
15604 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15605 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15606 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15607 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15608 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15609 }
15610
15611 static void
15612 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15613 {
15614 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15615 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15616
15617 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15618 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15619 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15620 }
15621
15622 static void
15623 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15624 {
15625 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15626 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15627 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15628 }
15629
15630 struct breakpoint *
15631 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15632 void *data)
15633 {
15634 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15635
15636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15637 {
15638 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15639 return b;
15640 }
15641
15642 return NULL;
15643 }
15644
15645 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15646 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15647
15648 static int
15649 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15650 {
15651 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15652 non-inline function. */
15653 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15654 return 1;
15655
15656 return 0;
15657 }
15658
15659 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15660 have been inlined. */
15661
15662 int
15663 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15664 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15665 {
15666 struct breakpoint *b;
15667 struct bp_location *bl;
15668
15669 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15670 {
15671 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15672 continue;
15673
15674 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15675 {
15676 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15677 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15678 return 1;
15679 }
15680 }
15681
15682 return 0;
15683 }
15684
15685 void
15686 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15687 {
15688 static int initialized = 0;
15689
15690 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15691
15692 if (initialized)
15693 return;
15694 initialized = 1;
15695
15696 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15697 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15698 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15699 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15700 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15701 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15702 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15703 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15704 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15705 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15706 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15707 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15708
15709 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15710 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15711 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15712 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15713 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15714 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15715 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15716 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15717
15718 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15719 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15720 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15721 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15722 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15723 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15724 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15725 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15726 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15727 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15728
15729 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15730 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15731 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15732 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15733 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15734 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15735 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15736
15737 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15738 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15739 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15740 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15741 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15742 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15743 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15744
15745 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15746 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15747 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15748 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15749
15750 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15751 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15752 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15753 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15754 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15755 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15756 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15757
15758 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15759 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15760 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15761 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15762 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15763 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15764 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15765
15766 /* Watchpoints. */
15767 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15768 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15769 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15770 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15771 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15772 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15773 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15774 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15775 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15776 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15777 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15778 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15779 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15780
15781 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15782 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15783 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15784 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15785 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15786 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15787 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15788 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15789 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15790 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15791 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15792
15793 /* Tracepoints. */
15794 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15795 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15796 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15797 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15798 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15799 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15800 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15801 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15802 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15803 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15804
15805 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15806 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15807 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15808 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15809 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15810
15811 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15812 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15813 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15814 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15815 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15816 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15817
15818 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15819 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15820 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15821 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15822 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15823 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15824 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15825 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15826 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15827 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15828
15829 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15830 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15831 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15832 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15833 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15834 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15835 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15836 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15837 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15838 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15839
15840 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15841 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15842 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15843 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15844 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15845 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15846 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15847 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15848 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15849 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15850 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15851
15852 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15853 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15854 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15855 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15856 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15857 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15858 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15859 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15860 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15861 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15862 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15863
15864 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15865 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15866 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15867 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15868 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15869 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15870 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15871 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15872 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15873 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15874 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15875 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15876
15877 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15878 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15879 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15880 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15881 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15882 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15883 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15884 }
15885
15886 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15887
15888 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15889
15890 void
15891 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15892 {
15893 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15894
15895 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15896
15897 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15898 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15899 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15900
15901 breakpoint_objfile_key
15902 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15903
15904 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15905 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15906 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15907
15908 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15909 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15910 before a breakpoint is set. */
15911 breakpoint_count = 0;
15912
15913 tracepoint_count = 0;
15914
15915 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15916 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15917 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15918 if (xdb_commands)
15919 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15920
15921 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15922 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15923 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15924 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15925 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15926 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15927 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15928 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15929
15930 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15931 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15932 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15933 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15934 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15935
15936 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15937 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15938 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15939 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15940 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15941 \n"
15942 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15943 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15944
15945 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15946 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15947 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15948 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15949 \n"
15950 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15951 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15952
15953 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15954 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15955 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15956 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15957 \n"
15958 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15959 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15960
15961 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15962 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15963 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15964 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15965 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15966 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15967 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15968 if (xdb_commands)
15969 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15970 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15971 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15972 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15973 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15974 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15975
15976 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15977
15978 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15979 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15980 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15981 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15982 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15983 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15984
15985 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15986 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15987 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15988 &enablebreaklist);
15989
15990 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15991 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15992 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15993 &enablebreaklist);
15994
15995 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15996 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15997 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15998 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15999 &enablebreaklist);
16000
16001 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16002 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16003 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16004 &enablelist);
16005
16006 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16007 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16008 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16009 &enablelist);
16010
16011 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16012 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16013 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16014 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16015 &enablelist);
16016
16017 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16018 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16019 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16020 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16021 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16022 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16023 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16024 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16025 if (xdb_commands)
16026 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16027 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16028 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16029 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16030 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16031
16032 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16033 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16034 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16035 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16036 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16037 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16038 &disablelist);
16039
16040 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16041 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16042 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16043 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16044 \n\
16045 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16046 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16047 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16048 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16049 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16050 if (xdb_commands)
16051 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16052 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16053 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16054 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16055
16056 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16057 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16058 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16059 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16060 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16061 &deletelist);
16062
16063 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16064 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16065 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16066 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16067 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16068 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16069 \n\
16070 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16071 is executing in.\n\
16072 \n\
16073 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16074 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16075
16076 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16077 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16078 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16079 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16080
16081 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16082 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16083 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16084 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16085
16086 if (xdb_commands)
16087 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16088
16089 if (dbx_commands)
16090 {
16091 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16092 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16093 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16094 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16095 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16096 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16097 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16098 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16099 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16100 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16101 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16102 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16103 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16104 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16105 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16106 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16107 \n\
16108 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16109 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16110 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16111 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16112 breakpoint set."));
16113 }
16114
16115 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16116 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16117 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16118 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16119 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16120 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16121 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16122 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16123 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16124 \n\
16125 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16126 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16127 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16128 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16129 breakpoint set."));
16130
16131 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16132
16133 if (xdb_commands)
16134 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16135 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16136 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16137 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16138 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16139 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16140 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16141 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16142 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16143 \n\
16144 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16145 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16146 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16147 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16148 breakpoint set."));
16149
16150 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16151 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16152 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16153 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16154 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16155 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16156 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16157 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16158 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16159 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16160 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16161 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16162 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16163 \n\
16164 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16165 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16166 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16167 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16168 breakpoint set."),
16169 &maintenanceinfolist);
16170
16171 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16172 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16173 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16174 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16175
16176 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16177 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16178 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16179 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16180
16181 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16182 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16183 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16184 catch_catch_command,
16185 NULL,
16186 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16187 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16188 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16189 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16190 catch_throw_command,
16191 NULL,
16192 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16193 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16194 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16195 catch_fork_command_1,
16196 NULL,
16197 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16198 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16199 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16200 catch_fork_command_1,
16201 NULL,
16202 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16203 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16204 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16205 catch_exec_command_1,
16206 NULL,
16207 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16208 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16209 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16210 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16211 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16212 catch_load_command_1,
16213 NULL,
16214 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16215 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16216 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16217 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16218 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16219 catch_unload_command_1,
16220 NULL,
16221 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16222 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16223 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16224 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16225 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16226 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16227 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16228 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16229 catch_syscall_command_1,
16230 catch_syscall_completer,
16231 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16232 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16233
16234 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16235 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16236 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16237 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16238 an expression changes.\n\
16239 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16240 the memory to which it refers."));
16241 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16242
16243 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16244 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16245 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16246 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16247 an expression is read.\n\
16248 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16249 the memory to which it refers."));
16250 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16251
16252 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16253 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16254 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16255 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16256 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16257 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16258 the memory to which it refers."));
16259 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16260
16261 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16262 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16263
16264 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16265 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16266 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16267 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16268 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16269 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16270 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16271 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16272 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16273 hardware.)"),
16274 NULL,
16275 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16276 &setlist, &showlist);
16277
16278 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16279
16280 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16281
16282 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16283 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16284 \n"
16285 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16286 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16287 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16288
16289 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16290 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16291 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16292 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16293
16294 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16295 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16296 \n"
16297 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16298 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16299 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16300
16301 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16302 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16303 \n\
16304 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16305 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16306 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16307 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16308 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16309 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16310 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16311 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16312 the selected stack frame.\n\
16313 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16314 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16315 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16316 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16317 \n\
16318 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16319 \n\
16320 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16321 conditions are different.\n\
16322 \n\
16323 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16324 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16325 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16326
16327 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16328 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16329 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16330 last tracepoint set."));
16331
16332 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16333
16334 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16335 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16336 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16337 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16338 &deletelist);
16339
16340 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16341 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16342 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16343 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16344 &disablelist);
16345 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16346
16347 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16348 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16349 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16350 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16351 &enablelist);
16352 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16353
16354 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16355 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16356 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16357 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16358 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16359
16360 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16361 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16362 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16363 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16364
16365 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16366 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16367 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16368 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16369 session to restore them."),
16370 &save_cmdlist);
16371 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16372
16373 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16374 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16375 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16376 &save_cmdlist);
16377 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16378
16379 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16380 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16381
16382 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16383 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16384 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16385 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16386 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16387 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16388 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16389 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16390 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16391 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16392 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16393 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16394
16395 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16396 &pending_break_support, _("\
16397 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16398 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16399 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16400 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16401 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16402 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16403 NULL,
16404 show_pending_break_support,
16405 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16406 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16407
16408 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16409
16410 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16411 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16412 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16413 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16414 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16415 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16416 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16417 NULL,
16418 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16419 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16420 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16421
16422 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16423 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16424 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16425 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16426 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16427 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16428 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16429 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16430 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16431 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16432 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16433 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16434 NULL,
16435 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16436 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16437 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16438
16439 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16440 condition_evaluation_enums,
16441 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16442 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16443 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16444 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16445 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16446 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16447 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16448 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16449 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16450 be set to \"gdb\""),
16451 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16452 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16453 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16454 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16455
16456 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16457 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16458 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16459 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16460 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16461 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16462 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16463 or the start of the range\n\
16464 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16465 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16466 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16467 \n\
16468 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16469 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16470 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16471
16472 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16473 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16474 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16475 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16476 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16477 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16478 "));
16479 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16480
16481 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16482 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16483 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16484 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16485 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16486 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16487 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16488 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16489 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16490 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16491 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16492 &setlist, &showlist);
16493
16494 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16495 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16496 &dprintf_function, _("\
16497 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16498 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16499 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16500 &setlist, &showlist);
16501
16502 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16503 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16504 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16505 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16506 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16507 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16508 &setlist, &showlist);
16509
16510 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16511 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16512 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16513 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16514 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16515 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16516 NULL,
16517 NULL,
16518 &setlist, &showlist);
16519
16520 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16521 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16522 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16523
16524 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16525
16526 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16527 }
This page took 0.447923 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.